PC 14-16R-3

WEBM007800
SHOP MANUAL
PC14R -3 PC14R -3HS

PC16R -3 PC16R -3HS
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
SERIAL NUMBER
PC14R -3 F40003 and up
PC14R -3HS F50003 and up
PC16R -3 F60003 and up
PC16R -3HS F70003 and up
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
Page
10. STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION............................................................................... 10-1
20. TESTING AND ADJUSTING ................................................................................... 20-1
30. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ......................................................................... 30-1
90. OTHER...................................................................................................................... 90-1
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-1

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
REVISED PAGES
REVISED PAGES
The affected pages are indicated by the use of the fol-
lowing marks. It is requested that necessary actions be
taken to these pages according to table below. Mark Indication Action required
Q Page to be newly Add
q Page to be replaced Replace
( ) Page to be delete Discard
Pages having no marks are those previously revised or

made additions.
Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page
revision revision revision revision revision
00-1 10-30 20-13 20-67 30-50
00-2 10-31 20-14 20-68 30-51
00-3 10-32 20-15 20-69 30-52
00-4 10-33 20-16 20-70 30-53
00-5 10-34 20-17 30-54
00-6 10-35 20-18 30-1 30-55
00-7 10-36 20-19 30-2 30-56
00-8 10-37 20-20 30-3 30-57
00-9 10-38 20-21 30-4 30-58
00-10 10-39 20-22 30-5 30-59
00-11 10-40 20-23 30-6 30-60
00-12 10-41 20-24 30-7 30-61
00-13 10-42 20-25 30-8 30-62
00-14 10-43 20-26 30-9 30-63
00-15 10-44 20-27 30-10 30-64
00-16 10-45 20-28 30-11 30-65
00-17 10-46 20-29 30-12 30-66
00-18 10-47 20-30 30-13 30-67
00-19 10-48 20-31 30-14 30-68
00-20 10-49 20-32 30-15 30-69
00-21 10-50 20-33 30-16 30-70
00-22 10-51 20-34 30-17 30-71
00-23 10-52 20-35 30-18 30-72
00-24 10-53 20-36 30-19 30-73
10-54 20-37 30-20 30-74
10-1 10-55 20-38 30-21 30-75
10-2 10-56 20-39 30-22 30-76
10-3 10-57 20-40 30-23 30-77
10-4 10-58 20-41 30-24 30-78
10-5 10-59 20-42 30-25 30-79
10-6 10-60 20-43 30-26 30-80
10-7 10-61 20-44 30-27 30-81
10-8 10-62 20-45 30-28 30-82
10-9 10-63 20-46 30-29 30-83
10-10 10-64 20-47 30-30 30-84
10-11 10-65 20-48 30-31 30-85
10-12 10-66 20-49 30-32 30-86
10-13 10-67 20-50 30-33 30-87
10-14 10-68 20-51 30-34 30-88
10-15 10-69 20-52 30-35 30-89
10-16 10-70 20-53 30-36 30-90
10-17 20-54 30-37 30-91
10-18 20-1 20-55 30-38 30-92
10-19 20-2 20-56 30-39 30-93
10-20 20-3 20-57 30-40 30-94
10-21 20-4 20-58 30-41 30-95
10-22 20-5 20-59 30-42 30-96
10-23 20-6 20-60 30-43 30-97
10-24 20-7 20-61 30-44 30-98
10-25 20-8 20-62 30-45 30-99
10-26 20-9 20-63 30-46 30-100
10-27 20-10 20-64 30-47 30-101
10-28 20-11 20-65 30-48 30-102
10-29 20-12 20-66 30-49 30-103
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-3

REVISED PAGES
Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page Mark Page
revision revision revision revision revision
30-104
30-105
30-106
30-107
30-108
30-109
30-110
30-111
30-112
30-113
30-114
30-115
30-116
30-117
30-118
30-119
30-120
30-121
30-122
30-123
30-124
90-1
90-2
90-3
90-4
90-5
90-6
00-4 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

k SAFETY
k IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

Proper service and repair is extremely important for the safe operation of your machine.
The service and repair techniques recommended by Komatsu and describe in this manual are both effective
and safe methods of operation. Some of these operations require the use of tools specially designed by Ko-
matsu for the purpose.
To prevent injury to workers, the symbol k is used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The cautions
accompanying these symbols should always be carefully followed. If any danger arises or may possibly arise,
first consider safety, and take necessary steps to face.
k SAFETY
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS PREPARATIONS FOR WORK
Mistakes in operation extremely dangerous. 7. Before adding or making any repairs, park the ma-
Read all the Operation and Maintenance Manual carefully chine on hard, level ground, and block the tracks to
BEFORE operating the machine. prevent the machine from moving.
1. Before carrying out any greasing or repairs, read all 8. Before starting work, lower outrigger, bucket or any
the precautions written on the decals which are suck other work equipment to the ground. If this is not pos-
on the machine. sible, use blocks to prevent the work equipment from
2. When carrying out any operation, always wear safety falling down. In addition, be sure to lock all the control
shoes and helmet. Do not wear loose work clothes, or levers and hang warning sign on them.
clothes with buttons missing. 9. When disassembling or assembling, support the ma-
• Always wear safety glasses when hitting parts chine with blocks, jacks or stands before starting
with a hammer. work.
• Always wear safety glasses when grinding parts 10. Remove all mud and oil from the steps or other places
with a grinder, etc. used to get on and off the machine. Always use the
3. If welding repairs are needed, always have a trained, handrails, ladders or steps when getting on or off the
experienced welder carry out the work. When carrying machine.
out welding work, always wear welding gloves, apron, Never jump on or off the machine.
glasses, cap and other clothes suited for welding If it is impossible to use the handrails, ladders or steps,
work. use a stand to provide safe footing.
4. When carrying out any operation with two or more
PRECAUTIONS DURING WORK
workers, always agree on the operating procedure be-
fore starting. Always inform your fellow workers be- 11. When removing the oil filler cap, drain plug or hydrau-
fore starting any step of the operation. Before starting lic pressure measuring plugs, loosen them slowly to
work, hang UNDER REPAIR signs on the controls in prevent the oil from spurting out.
the operator’s compartment. Before disconnecting or removing components of the
hydraulic circuit and engine cooling circuit, first re-
5. Keep all tools in good condition and learn the correct
move the pressure completely from the circuit.
way to use them.
6. Decide a place in the repair workshop to keep tools 12. The water and oil in the circuits are not hot when the
and removed parts. Always keep the tools and parts in engine in stopped, so be careful not to get burned.
their correct places. Always keep the work area clean Wait for the oil water to cool before carrying out any
and make sure that there is no dirt or oil on the floor. work on the cooling water circuits.
Smoke only in the areas provided for smoking. Never
13. Before starting work, remove the leads from the bat-
smoke while working.
tery. Always remove the lead from the negative ( – )
terminal first.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-5

k SAFETY
14. When raising heavy components, use a hoist or 19. Be sure to assemble all parts again in their original
crane. Check that the wire rope, chains and hooks places. Replace any damage parts with new parts.
are free from damage. When installing hoses and wires, be sure that they
Always use lifting equipment which has ample ca- will not be damaged by contact with other parts
pacity. Install the lifting equipment at the correct when the machine is being operated.
places.
20. When installing high pressure hoses, make sure
Use a hoist or crane and operate slowly to prevent
that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are dan-
the component from hitting any other part.
gerous, so be extremely careful when installing
Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist or
tubes for high pressure circuits. Also, check that
crane.
connecting parts are correctly tightened.
15. When removing covers which are under internal
21. When assembling or installing parts, always use
pressure or under pressure from a spring, always
specified tightening torques.
leave two bolts in position on opposite sides. Slowly
When installing the parts which vibrate violently or
release the pressure, then slowly loosen the bolts to
rotate at high speed, be particulary careful to check
remove.
that they are correctly installed.
16. When removing components, be careful not to
22. When aligning two holes, never insert your fingers or
break or damage the wiring.
hand.
Damage wiring may cause electrical fires.
23. When measuring hydraulic pressure, check that the
17. When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil from spill-
measuring tool is correctly assembled before taking
ing out. If any fuel or oil drips on to the floor, wipe it up
any measurement.
immediately.
Fuel or oil on the floor can cause you to slip, or can 24. Take sure when removing or installing tracks.
even start fires. When removing tha track, the track separately sud-
denly, so never let anyone stand at either end of the
18. As a general rule, do not use gasoline to wash parts.
track.
In particular, use only the minimum of gasoline when
washing electrical parts.
00-6 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

FOREWORD
FOREWORD
This shop manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the operator an accurate
understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform repairs and make judgements. Make sure
you understand the contents of this manual and use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This shop manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in a service work-
shop.
The manual is divided into chapters on each main group of components; these chapters are further divided into the
following sections.
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an understanding
of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS

This sections explains checks to be made before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments to be
made at completion of the checks and repairs.
Troubleshooting charts correlating «Problems» to «Causes» are also included in this section.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling each
component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
NOTE
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any no-
tice.
Contact your Komatsu distributor for the latest information.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-7

HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL
HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL

VOLUMES SYMBOLS
Shop manual are issued as a guide to carry out repairs. In order to make the shop manual greatly chelpful, im-
These various volumes are designed to avoid duplicat- portant points about safety and quality are marked with
ing the same information. the following symbols.
DISTRIBUTION AND UPDATING Symbol Item Remarks

Any additions, amendments or other changes will be
sent to Komatsu distributors. Special safety precautions
Get the most up-to-date information before you start any are necessary when
k
work. performing the work.
Safety
FILING METHOD Extra special safety precautions
are necessary when performing
1. See the page number on the bottom of the page. the work because it is under in-
File the pages in correct order. ternal pressure.
2. Following examples show you how to read the page
Special technical precautions or
number.
other precautions for preserving
Example: a Caution
standards are necessary when
10 - 3 performing the work.
Weight of parts or systems.

4
Item number (10. Structure and Caution necessary when select-
Weight
Function) ing hoisting wire, or when work-
ing posture is important, etc.
Consecutive page number for each
3 Tightening
item Parts that require special atten-
3. Additional pages: additional pages are indicated by torque tion for the tightening torque dur-
ing assembly.
a hyphen (–) and number after the page number.
2
Fle as in the example. Parts to be coated with adhe-
Coat
Example: sives and lubricants etc.
5
10-4 Places where oil, water or fuel
Oil, water must be added, and their quan-
10-4-1 tity.
Added pages
6
10-4-2 Places where oil or water must
10-5 Drain be drained, and quantity to be
drained.
REVISED EDITION MARK

When a manual is revised, an edition mark is recorded
on the bottom outside corner of the pages.
REVISIONS
Revised pages are shown on the LIST OF REVISED
PAGES between the title page and SAFETY page.
00-8 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
4
HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS
Hooks have maximum strength at the middle por-
k Heavy parts (25 kg or more) must be lifted with a

tion.
hoist etc. In the Disassembly and Assembly section,
every part weighing 25 kg or more is clearly indicated
with the symbol 4
1. If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the ma-

chine by hoisting, the following checks should be
made: 3) Do not sling a heavy load with one rope alone, but
sling with two or more ropes symmetrically wound
• Check for removal of all bolts fastening the part to
on to the load.
k Slinging with one rope may cause turning of the load
the relative parts.
• Check for any part causing interference with the
during hoisting, untwisting of the rope, or slipping of
part to be removed.
the rope from its original winding position on the
load, which can cause dangerous accidents.
2. Wire ropes
1) Use adequate ropes depending on the weight of 4) Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming a wide
parts to be hoisted, referring to the table below: hanging angle from the hook.
When hoisting a load with two or more ropes, the
WIRE ROPES force subjected to each rope will increase with the
(Standard «S» or «Z» twist ropes hanging angles.
without galvanizing)
The table below shows the variation of allowable
Rope diameter (mm) Allowable load (tons) load (kg) when hoisting is made with two ropes,
each of which is allowed to sling up to 1000 kg ver-
10.0 1.0
tically, at various handing angles.
11.2 1.4 When two ropes sling a load vertically, up to 2000 kg
of total weight can be suspended.
12.5 1.6
This weight becomes 1000 kg when two ropes
14.0 2.2 make a 120° hanging angle.
On the other hand, two ropes are subjected to an ex-
16.0 2.8
cessive force as large as 4000 kg if they sling a 2000
18.0 3.6 kg load at a lifting angle of 150°.
20.0 4.4
22.4 5.6
30.0 10.0
40.0 18.0
50.0 28.0
60.0 40.0
The allowable load value is estimated to be one-

sixth or one-seventh of the breaking strength of the
rope used.
2) Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of the hook.
Slinging near the edge of the hook may cause the
rope to slip off the hook during hoisting, and a se-
rious accident can result.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-9

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE
3
The following charts give the standard tightening torques of bolts and nuts.
Exceptions are given in section of «Disassembly and Assembly».
1. STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLTS AND NUT
Width across flat

Thread Pitch of (mm)
diameter of bolts bolts
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm kgm Nm
6 1 10 8 0.96±0.1 9.5±1 1.3±0.15 13.5±1.5
8 1.25 13 6 2.3±0.2 23±2 3.2±0.3 32.2±3.5
10 1.5 17 8 4.6±0.5 45±4.9 6.5±0.6 63±6.5
12 1.75 19 10 7.8±0.8 77±8 11±1 108±11
14 2 22 12 12.5±1 122±13 17.5±2 172±18
16 2 24 14 19.5±2 191±21 27±3 268±29
18 2.5 27 14 27±3 262±28 37±4 366±36
20 2.5 30 17 38±4 372±40 53±6 524±57
22 2.5 32 17 52±6 511±57 73±8 719±80
24 3 36 19 66±7 644±70 92±10 905±98
27 3 41 19 96±10 945±100 135±15 1329±140
30 3.5 46 22 131±14 1287±140 184±20 1810±190
33 3.5 50 24 177±20 1740±200 250±27 2455±270
36 4 55 27 230±25 2250±250 320±35 3150±350
39 4 60 ---- 295±33 2900±330 410±45 4050±450
This torque table does not apply to bolts or nuts which have to fasten nylon or other parts non-ferrous metal washer.
a Nm (newton meter): 1 Nm = 0.102 kgm
00-10 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

3
2. TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NUTS OF FLARED
Use these torques for nut part of flared.
Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

of nut part of nut part
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm
1/2” - 20 17 2.6±0.5 25.5±4.9
9/16” - 18 17 4±0.5 39.2±4.9
3/4” - 16 22 6.7±2 65.7±19.6
7/8” - 14 27 8±2 78.5±19.6
1.1/16 - 12 32 9.7±3 95.15±29.4
1.5/16 - 12 38 17±3 166.7±29.4
1.5/8 - 12 50 20±5 196.2±49
22 27 8±2 78.5±19.6
33 41 20±5 196.2±49
Sealing surface
Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

of nut part of nut part
(mm) (mm) kgm Nm
9/16” - 18 17 2.3–2.5 23–25
11/16” - 16 22 3.4–3.9 33–38
13/16” - 16 24 5.2–5.8 51–57
1” - 14 30 8.2–9.2 80–90
1.3/16 - 12 36 12.2–13.3 120–130
1.7/16 - 12 41 15.3–17.3 150–170
1.11/16 - 12 50 18.4–20.4 180–200
2” - 12 57 20.4–24.4 200–240
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-11

COATING MATERIALS
2
COATING MATERIALS
The recommended coating materials prescribed in Komatsu Shop Manuals are listed below:
Nomenclature Code Applications
ASL800010 Used to apply rubber pads, rubber gaskets and cork plugs.
Used to apply resin, rubber, metallic and non-metallic parts when a fast, strong
ASL800020
seal is needed.
Loctite 222 Used for low resistance locking of screws, check nuts and adjustment nuts.
To prevent the loosening of bolts, nuts and plugs and the leakage of oil. Used for
Loctite 242 medium resistance locking of screws and nuts of every type, and for locking
keys and bearings.
Loctite 262 Used for high resistant of threaded parts that can be removed with normal tools.
Adhesives Used for high resistant locking and for sealing threaded parts, bolts and stud
Loctite 270
bolts.
Loctite 542 Used for sealing the union threads for hydraulic tubes.
Used for sealing rather exact plane surfaces when the option of possible future
Loctite 573
dismantling is required.
Used for high resistant locking of mechanical components that can be removed
Loctite 601
only after heating
Used to lock cylindrical couplings and for the permanent locking of threaded
Loctite 675
parts, and also to lock shafts to bearings, gears, pulleys, pins, bushings, etc.
Used by itself to seal grease fittings, tapered screw fittings and tapered screw
ASL800060
fittings in hydraulic circuits of less than 50 mm in diameter.
Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Gasket sealant Loctite 510
(Clearance between surfaces within 0.2 mm)
Used by itself on mounting flat surface

Loctite 518
(Clearance between surfaces within 0.5 mm
Antifriction compound
Applied to bearings and taper shaft to facilitate press-fitting and to prevent
(Lubricant including ASL800040
sticking, burning or rusting.
Molybdenum disulfide)
Grease Applied to bearings, sliding parts and oil seals for lubrication, rust prevention
ASL800050
(Lithium grease) and facilitation of assembling work.
Vaseline ----- Used for protecting battery electrode terminals from corrosion
00-12 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC
In the wiring diagrams various colour and symbols are employed to indicate the thickness of wires.
This wire code table will help you understand WIRING DIAGRAMS.
Example: R–N 1.5 indicates a cable having a nominal number 1.5 and red coating with black stripe.
CLASSIFICATION BY THICKNESS
Copper wire
Nominal Cable O.D. Current rating
number Number Ø of strands Cross section (mm) (A)
strands (mm) (mm)
0.5 16 0.20 0.35 1.55 3.5
1 14 0.30 0.99 2.80 11
1.5 21 0.30 1.48 3.35 14
2.5 35 0.30 2.47 3.80 20
4 56 0.30 3.95 4.60 28
6 84 0.30 5.93 5.20 37
10 84 0.40 10.55 7.10 53
50 399 0.40 50.11 14 160
CLASSIFICATION BY COLOUR AND CODE
Primary Auxiliary
Code A A–B A/B A–G – A–N A/N A–R A/R A–V A/V
Colour Light Blue Light Blue – White Light Blue–Yellow Light Blue–Black Light Blue–Red Light Blue–Green
Code B B–G – B–N B/N B–R B/R – B/V – –
Colour White White–Yellow White–Black White–Red White–Green –
Code C C–B C/B C–L – C–N – – – – –
Colour Orange Orange–White Orange–Blue Orange–Black – –
Code G G–N G/N G–R – G–V – – – – –
Colour Yellow Yellow–Black Yellow–Red Yellow–Green – –
Code H H–L – H–N H/N – – – – – –
Colour Grey Grey–Blue Grey–Black – – –
Code L L–B L/B L–G – – L/N – – – –
Colour Blue Blue–White Blue–Yellow Blue–Black – –
Code M M–B – M–N M/N M–V – – – – –
Colour Brown Brown–White Brown–Black Brown–Green – –
Code N – – – – – – – – – –
Colour Black – – – – –
Code R R–G – R–N R/N R–V – – – – –
Colour Red Red–Yellow Red–Black Red–Green – –
Code S S–G – S–N – – – – – – –
Colour Pink Pink–Yellow Pink–Black – – –
Code V V–B – V–N V/N – – – – – –
Colour Green Green–White Green–Black – – –
Code Z Z–B Z/B Z–N Z/N – – – – – –
Colour Violet Violet–White Violet–Black – – –
COMPOSITION OF THE COLOURS

The coloration of two-colour wires is indicated by the composition of the symbol listed.
Example: G–V = Yellow-Green with longitudinal colouring
G/V = Yellow-Green with transversal colouring
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-13

WEIGHT TABLE
WEIGHT TABLE
k This weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling components.
Unit: kg
Machine model PC14R-3 PC16R-3
Engine group (without coolant and oil) 126 126
• Engine (without coolant and oil) 86 86
• Engine support 11 11
• PTO 10 10
• Hydraulic pump 4 7
Radiator group 14 14
Battery 10 10
Revolving frame 146 146
Floor 125 125
Canopy 70 70
Cab 204 204
Seat 12 12
Fuel tank (empty) 2 2
Hydraulic oil tank (empty) 23 23
Control valve 36 36
Counterweight 114 157
Swing motor 22 22
Track frame, assy. (without tracks) 283 284
• Track frame 119 119
• Idler 20x2 20x2
• Recoil spring 12x2 12x2
• Track roller 3x6 3x6
• Final drive 18x2 18x2
• Sprocket 5x2 5x2
• Swing circle 24 24
• Swivel joint 7 8
Track, assy.
• Rubber shoe (230 mm) 45x2 45x2
• Track shoe 70x2 70x2
Boom swing support 18 18
Boom 47 47
Arm 25 25
Bucket lever 8 8
Bucket, assy. 26 26
Blade, assy. 50 60
Boom cylinder 12 13
Arm cylinder 11 12
Bucket cylinder 10 10
Boom swing 9 9
Blade swing 8 8
00-14 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

TABLE OF OIL AND COOLANT QUANTITIES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CAPACITY (l)

TANK /
FLUID
RESERVOIR -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50°C
1st filling Change
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122°F
SAE 30
SAE 10W
Engine oil pan 3.6 3.3
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40
OIL
Final drive API CD SAE 30 0.3 0.3
SAE 10W
Hydraulic
SAE 10W-30 23.8 15.2
system
SAE 15W-40
Hydraulic sys-
tem with biode- 23.8 15.2
gradable oil
a
Fuel
DIESEL OIL 19 —
tank
ASTM D975 N. 2
Engine PERMANENT
cooling COOLANT 3.1 —
system (aa)
Greased GREASE Lithium EP+MoS2 (NLGI 2)
a ASTM D975 N. 1
aaSpecial permanent antifreeze, biodegradable, ethylene glycol based with corrosion inhibitor and
withno silicates, borates, nitrates, phosphates and amines.Red antifreeze suitable for aluminium
radiators, diluted with water (50%) to ensure protection down to-36°C.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-15

ASTM: America Society of Testing and Materials

SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
API: American Petroleum Institute
MIL: Military Specification
CCMC: Common Market Constructors Committe
First filling quantity:
total quantity of oil, including the oil for the components and pipes.
Oil change quantity:
quantity of oil necessary to fill the system or unit during the normal inspection and maintenance operations.
NOTE:
(1) When the diesel oil sulphur content is less then 0.5%, change the engine oil according to the periodic maintenance
intervals indicated in the operation and maintenance manual. In the diesel oil sulphur content exceeds 0.5% change
the engine oil according to the following table:
Sulphur content Engine oil change interval

from 0.5 to 1.0% 1/2 of regular interval
over 1.0% 1/4 of regular interval
(2) When starting the engine at temperatures below 0 °C, use engine oil SAE 10W, 20W-20, even if during the day the
temperature increases by 10 °C.
(3) Use engine oil with CD classification; if oil with CC classification is used, reduce the engine oil change interval by a
half.
(4) Use original products, which have characteristics specifically formulated and approved for the engine, the hydraulic
circuit of equipment and for reductions.
00-16 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONVERSION TABLE
CONVERSION TABLE
METHOD OF USING THE CONVERSION TABLE
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures.
For details of the method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
EXAMPLE
• Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches.
1. Convert 55 mm into inches.
1 - Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as A , then drow a horizontal line from
A.
2 - Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as , then draw a perpendicular line down from B .
3 - Take the point where the two lines cross as C . This point C gives the value when converting from mil-
limeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm =2.165 in.
2. Convert 550 mm into inches
1 - The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the left) to
convert it to 55 mm.
2 - Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 in.
3 - The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 in. by 10 (move the decimal point one place to
the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 in.
From millimeters to inches B

1 mm = 0.03937 in.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
C
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
A
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-17

CONVERSION TABLE
From mm to in.
1 mm = 0.03937 in.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
From kg to lb.
1 kg = 2.2046 lb.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.24 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
00-18 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONVERSION TABLE
From liter to U.S. Gall.

1 ᐉ = 0.2642 U.S. Gall.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378
10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.361 25.625 25.889 26.153
From liter to U.K. Gall.

1 ᐉ = 0.21997 U.K. Gall.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980
10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.969 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 12.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-19

CONVERSION TABLE
From Nm to lb.ft.
1 Nm = 0.737 lb.ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.737 1.474 2.211 2.948 3.685 4.422 5.159 5.896 6.633
10 7.370 8.107 8.844 9.581 10.318 11.055 11.792 12.529 13.266 14.003
20 14.740 15.477 16.214 16.951 17.688 18.425 19.162 19.899 20.636 21.373
30 22.110 22.847 23.584 24.321 25.058 25.795 26.532 27.269 28.006 28.743
40 29.480 30.217 30.954 31.691 32.428 33.165 33.902 34.639 35.376 36.113
50 36.850 37.587 38.324 39.061 39.798 40.535 41.272 42.009 42.746 43.483
60 44.220 44.957 45.694 46.431 47.168 47.905 48.642 49.379 50.116 50.853
70 51.590 52.327 53.064 53.801 54.538 55.275 56.012 56.749 57.486 58.223
80 58.960 59.697 60.434 61.171 61.908 82.645 63.382 64.119 64.856 65.593
90 66.330 67.067 67.804 68.541 69.278 70.015 70.752 71.489 72.226 72.963
100 73.700 74.437 75.174 75.911 76.648 77.385 78.122 78.859 79.596 80.333
110 81.070 81.807 82.544 83.281 84.018 84.755 85.492 86.229 86.966 87.703
120 88.440 89.177 89.914 90.651 91.388 92.125 92.862 93.599 94.336 95.073
130 95.810 96.547 97.284 98.021 98.758 99.495 100.232 100.969 101.706 102.443
140 103.180 103.917 104.654 105.391 106.128 106.865 107.602 108.339 109.076 109.813
150 110.550 111.287 112.024 112.761 113.498 114.235 114.972 115.709 116.446 117.183
160 117.920 118.657 119.394 120.131 120.868 121.605 122.342 123.079 123.816 124.553
170 125.290 126.027 126.764 127.501 128.238 128.975 129.712 130.449 131.186 131.923
180 132.660 133.397 134.134 134.871 135.608 136.345 137.082 137.819 138.556 139.293
190 140.030 140.767 141.504 142.241 142.978 143.715 144.452 145.189 145.926 146.663
00-20 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONVERSION TABLE
From Nm to kgm
1 Nm = 0.102 kgm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.102 0.204 0.306 0.408 0.510 0.612 0.714 0.816 0.918
10 1.020 1.222 1.224 1.326 1.428 1.530 1.632 1.734 1.836 1.938
20 2.040 2.142 2.244 2.346 2.448 2.550 2.652 2.754 2.856 2.958
30 3.060 3.162 3.264 3.366 3.468 3.570 3.672 3.774 3.876 3.978
40 4.080 4.182 4.284 4.386 4.488 4.590 4.692 4.794 4.896 4.998
50 5.100 5.202 5.304 5.406 5.508 5.610 5.712 5.814 5.916 6.018
60 6.120 6.222 6.324 6.426 6.528 6.630 6.732 6.834 6.936 7.038
70 7.140 7.242 7.344 7.446 7.548 7.650 7.752 7.854 7.956 8.058
80 8.160 8.262 8.364 8.466 8.568 8.670 8.772 8.874 8.976 9.078
90 9.180 9.282 9.384 9.486 9.588 9.690 9.792 9.894 9.996 10.098
100 10.200 10.302 10.404 10.506 10.608 10.710 10.812 10.914 11.016 11.118
110 11.220 11.322 11.424 11.526 11.628 11.730 11.832 11.934 12.036 12.138
120 12.240 12.342 12.444 12.546 12.648 12.750 12.852 12.954 13.056 13.158
130 13.260 13.362 13.464 13.566 13.668 13.770 13.872 13.974 14.076 14.178
140 14.280 14.382 14.484 14.586 14.688 14.790 14.892 14.994 15.096 15.198
150 15.300 15.402 15.504 15.606 15.708 15.810 15.912 16.014 16.116 16.218
160 16.320 16.422 16.524 16.626 16.728 16.830 16.932 17.034 17.136 17.238
170 17.340 17.442 17.544 17.646 17.748 17.850 17.952 18.054 18.156 18.258
180 18.360 18.462 18.564 18.666 18.768 18.870 18.972 19.074 19.176 19.278
190 19.380 19.482 19.584 19.686 19.788 19.890 19.992 20.094 20.196 20.298
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-21

CONVERSION TABLE
From kgm to lb.ft.

1 kgm = 7.233 lb.ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.2 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 876.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
00-22 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONVERSION TABLE
From bar to psi (lb/in2)

1 bar = 14.503 psi
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.5 29.0 43.5 58.0 72.5 87.0 101.5 116.0 130.5
10 145.0 159.5 174.0 188.5 203.0 217.5 232.0 246.5 261.0 275.6
20 290.0 304.6 319.1 333.6 348.1 362.6 377.1 391.6 406.1 420.6
30 435.1 449.6 464.1 478.6 493.1 507.6 522.1 536.6 551.1 565.6
40 580.1 594.6 609.1 623.6 638.1 652.6 667.1 681.6 696.1 710.6
50 725.1 739.6 754.1 768.6 783.2 797.7 812.2 826.7 841.2 855.7
60 870.2 884.7 899.2 913.7 928.2 942.7 957.2 971.7 986.2 1000.7
70 1015.2 1029.7 1044.2 1058.7 1073.2 1087.7 1102.2 1116.7 1131.2 1145.7
80 1160.2 1174.7 1189.2 1203.7 1218.2 1232.7 1247.2 1261.8 1276.3 1290.8
90 1305.3 1319.8 1334.3 1348.8 1363.3 1377.8 1392.3 1406.8 1421.3 1435.8
100 1450.3 1464.8 1479.3 1493.8 1508.3 1522.8 1537.3 1551.8 1566.3 1580.8
110 1595.3 1609.8 1624.3 1638.8 1653.3 1667.8 1682.3 1696.8 1711.3 1725.8
120 1740.4 1754.9 1769.4 1783.9 1798.4 1812.9 1827.4 1841.9 1856.4 1870.8
130 1885.4 1899.9 1914.4 1928.9 1943.4 1957.9 1972.4 1986.9 2001.4 2015.9
140 2030.4 2044.9 2059.4 2073.9 2088.4 2102.9 1217.4 2131.9 2146.4 2160.9
150 2175.4 2189.9 2204.4 2218.9 2233.5 2248.0 2262.5 2277.0 2291.5 2306.0
160 2320.5 2335.0 2349.5 2364.0 2378.5 2393.0 2407.5 2422.0 2436.5 2451.0
170 2465.5 2480.0 2494.5 2509.0 2523.5 2538.0 2552.5 2567.0 2581.5 2596.0
180 2610.5 2625.0 2639.5 2654.0 2668.5 2683.0 2697.7 2712.1 2726.6 2641.1
190 2755.6 2770.0 2784.6 2799.1 2813.6 2828.1 2842.6 2857.1 2871.6 2886.1
200 2900.6 2915.1 2929.6 2944.1 2958.6 2973.1 2987.6 3002.1 3016.6 3031.1
210 3045.6 3060.1 3074.6 3089.1 3103.6 3118.1 3132.6 3147.1 3161.6 3176.1
220 3190.7 3205.2 3219.7 3234.2 3248.7 3263.2 3277.7 3192.2 3306.7 3321.2
230 3335.7 3350.2 3364.7 3379.2 3393.7 3408.2 3422.7 3437.2 3451.7 3466.2
240 3480.7 3495.2 3509.7 3524.2 3538.7 3553.2 3567.7 3582.2 3596.7 3611.2
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-23

CONVERSION TABLE
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion; a simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centigrade tem-
perature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of Fahrenheit tem-
peratures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of Centigrade val-
ues and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1 °C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4 –40 –40.0 –11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 144.8 27.2 81 117.8

–37.2 –35 –31.0 –11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
–34.4 –30 –22.0 –10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
–31.7 –25 –13.0 –10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
–28.9 –20 –4.0 –9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
–28.3 –19 –2.2 –8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8

–27.8 –18 –0.4 –8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
–27.2 –17 1.4 –7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
–26.7 –16 3.2 –7.2 19 66.2 12.2 54 129.2 31.7 89 192.2
–26.1 –15 5.0 –6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
–25.6 –14 6.8 –6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8

–25.0 –13 8.6 –5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
–24.4 –12 10.4 –5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
–23.9 –11 12.2 –4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
–23.3 –10 14.0 –3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0
–22.8 –9 15.8 –3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8

–22.2 –8 17.6 –2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
–21.7 –7 19.4 –2.2 28 72.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
–21.1 –6 21.2 –1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
–20.6 –5 23.0 –1.1 30 86.0 18.3 65 149.0 37.8 100 212.0
–20.0 –4 24.8 –0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0

–19.4 –3 26.6 0.0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
–18.9 –2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
–18.3 –1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
–17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0
–17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0

–16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
–16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
–15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 2930
–15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0
–14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0

–13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
–13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
–12.8 9 48.2 6.7 44 111.2 26.1 79 174.2 76.7 170 338.0
–12.2 10 50.0 7.2 45 113.0 26.7 80 176.0 79.4 175 347.0
00-24 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

10 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
PTO.................................................................................2 SWIVEL JOINT ............................................................ 18

POWER TRAIN...............................................................3 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ............................... 21
SWING CIRCLE..............................................................4 HYDRAULIC PUMP ..................................................... 31
TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING.........................5 CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... 36
TRACK SHOE IDLER ...................................................10 SWING MOTOR ........................................................... 39
SPROCKET ..................................................................11 PPC VALVES ............................................................... 40
CARRIER ROLLER.......................................................12 SOLENOID VALVE ...................................................... 45
RUBBER SHOE ............................................................14 FINAL DRIVE ............................................................... 48
STEEL SHOE................................................................16 CYLINDERS................................................................. 57
STEEL SHOE................................................................17
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-1

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION PTO
PTO
83.3–92.1 Nm
(8.5–9.4 kgm)
RKP13510
83.3–92.1 Nm
(8.5–9.4 kgm)
4
1. Joint
2. Spring pin
3. Rubber
4. Cover
5. Hydraulic pump
10-2 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION POWER TRAIN
POWER TRAIN
1 2 3 4
11
10
5
6
7
9 8
12
RKP13390
1. Track shoe idler 7. Hydraulic pump (For PPC control)

2. Swing motor 8. Left travel motor
3. Swivel joint 9. Control valve
4. Right travel motor 10. Travel Hi-Lo speed selector valve
5. Engine 11. Servocontrol feed unit
6. Hydraulic pump (For work equipment) 12. Swing circle
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION SWING CIRCLE
SWING CIRCLE
1
B -B 1
5 A-A 3 2
A
4
C
C
C-C A
4 B
RKP13340
1. Outer race 3. Inner race

2. Ball 4. Seal
Unit: mm
N. Check item Value Remedy
Standard clearance Maximum clearance

5 Swing circle end play Replace
0.3 0.8
10-4 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING
TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING

For steel shoe
1 2
A A
6 5 4 3
8 2 7
9 10
A-A RKP13350
1. Track frame 6. Guard

2. Upper idler 7. Final drive
3. Sprocket 8. Track shoe idler
4. Lower idler 9. Recoil spring
5. Shoe 10. Grease nipple
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-5

RKP13370
Unit: mm
Check Standard dimensions Repair limit

Reconstruct
by welding
Frame 103 106
1 Idler guide vertical width
Reconstruct
Idler support 100 93 by welding
or replace
Reconstruct
Frame 161 164 by welding
Idler guide horizontal
2 width Reconstruct
Idler support 158 155 by welding
or replace
Standard dimensions Repair limit
Free installed Free installed Installed load Free installed Installed load
3 Recoil spring Replace
6865 N 5997 N
200 168 195.6
(700 kg) (611.5 kg)
10-6 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

For rubber shoe
1 2
A A
5 4 3
2 7
RKP13360
A-A
1. Track frame 5. Track shoe idler

2. Upper idler 6. Shoe
3. Sprocket 7. Final drive
4. Lower idler 8. Grease nipple
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-7

Variable gauge version
59-74 Nm
(6-7.5 kgm)
1 2 3 4 5
59-74 Nm
9 8 7 6 (6-7.5 kgm)
RKP13400
1. Track shoe idler 6. Lower idler

2. Track frame 7. Shoe
3. Upper idler 8. Recoil spring
4. Final drive 9. Idler guard
5. Sprocket (Steel shoe and road liner spec.)
10-8 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

RKP13700
Unit: mm
Standard
Check dimensions
Repair limit
Reconstruct
by welding
1
Idler guide vertical Frame 103 106
width
Reconstruct
Idler support 100 93 by welding or
replace
Reconstruct
Frame 161 164
by welding
2
Idler guide horizontal
width Reconstruct
Idler support 158 155 by welding or
replace
Clearance between Closed gauge

3 centre frame and track Adjust
frame Open gauge
Standard dimensions Repair limit
Free Free Installed Free Installed

4 Recoil spring installed installed load installed load Replace
6865 N 5997 N
200 168 195.6
(700 kg) (611.5 kg)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-9

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION TRACK SHOE IDLER
TRACK SHOE IDLER
12
3 5
RKP13410
Unit: mm
Standard size Repair limit

1 Track guide outer diameter
266 259.5
2 Track rest outer diameter 227 221 Reconstruct

by welding or
3 Track guide width 23 17 replace
4 Total width 60 55
5 Track rest width 18.5 21.5
Tolerance
Standard Standard Maximum
size clearance clearance
6
Clearance bearing seat and Shaft Hole
bearing
+ 0.030 + 0.030 0 Replace
62 1.5
0 0 -0.030
7
Clearance between shaft and 30
0 + 0.039 0
1.5
support -0.025 0 -0.064
10-10 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION SPROCKET
SPROCKET
75 Nm 4
with Loctite 262
3
2 1
RKP13420
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit

1
Wear at bottom of drive wheel
tooth 255
+1
245
–2
2 Wear at tooth ridge 290 ±1.5 278 Repair-welding

or replace
3 Tooth ridge width 17 – 12
+1
4 Width at tooth base 23
–2
18
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-11

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION CARRIER ROLLER
CARRIER ROLLER
6 3
5 4
RKP13430
1. Bearing 4. Roller
2. Spacer 5. Shaft
3. Seal 6. Snap ring
10-12 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION CARRIER ROLLER
4 3
1 2
75 Nm
with Loctite 262
6 5
RKP13440
Unit: mm

1 Track guide outer diameter
96 90
Reconstruct
2 Track rest outer diameter 80 74 by welding or
replace
3 Track rest width 31 34
4 Track guide width 26 23
Tolerance Normal Maximum

Standard interferenc interferenc
size
5
Clearance between Shaft Hole e e
shaft and bearing
0 –0.2 0.179– Replace
25 –
–0.021 –0.4 0. 4
7
Interference between 35
+0.4 + 0.039
0.161–0.4 –
bearing seat and bearing +0.2 0
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-13

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION RUBBER SHOE
RUBBER SHOE
Standard version
A
B B-B
A-A
RKP18860
Unit: mm

1 Wear of lug height
25 4
2 Wear of roller guide 30 33 Replace
3
Wear of meshing parts of 23 27
sprocket
10-14 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION RUBBER SHOE
Variable gauge version
RKP13460
Unit: mm

1 Wear of lug height
25 5
2 Wear of roller guide 30 33 Replace
3
Wear of meshing parts of 21 25
sprocket
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-15

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION STEEL SHOE
STEEL SHOE
1 2
3 4
7 6 5
RKP13470
1. Link shoe 5. Bushing

2. Shoe 6. Master pin
3. Cotter pin 7. Master housing
4. Pin
10-16 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION STEEL SHOE
STEEL SHOE
2 1
7 5 4
6
RKP13480
Unit: mm
Normal value Repair limit Replace pin

and bushing
1 Link pitch or replace
90 92 entire link
2 Rib height 15 5
3 Link height 46 41
4 Bushing outer diameter 22 18
Tolerance Normal Maximum

Standard
interferenc interferenc
size
5
Interference between pin and Shaft Hole e e
rib
+0.155 +0.050 0.100– Replace
14 –
+0.150 0 0.104
6
Interference between 22
+0.154 +0.050 0.100–
–
bushing and link +0.150 0 0.104
Tolerance
Standard Standard Clearance
size clearance limit
7
Interference between Shaft Hole
master pin and link
-0.020 +0.050 0.020–
14 0.8
-0.050 0 0.100
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-17

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION SWIVEL JOINT
SWIVEL JOINT
PC14R-3
B
C
D D
A
A C E
C
A B
1
2 B2 D2 F2
E1 C1 F1 C1
B1 D1
C-C
F1 3 A1
Section C-C A1
A2 C2 E2 4 Section
B - B B-B
Section
D - DD-D RKP14100
A1 : From control valve (B4 Port) 1. Cover

A2 : To R.H. travel motor (B Port) 2. Rotor
B1 : From control valve (B3 Port) 3. Seal
B2 : To L.H. travel motor (A Port) 4. Shaft
C1 : From control valve (A4 Port)
C2 : To R.H. travel motor (A Port)
D1 : From control valve (A3 Port)
D2 : To L.H. travel motor (B Port)
E1 : From control valve (B7 Port)
E2 : To blade cylinder (head side)
F1 : From control valve (A7 Port)
F2 : To blade cylinder (bottom side)
Unit: mm
Clearance between rotor and Standard size Clearance standard Clearance limit
5 Replace
shaft Ø45 –- –
10-18 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

PC14R-3 (travel increment version)

PC16R-3
B
C
D D
A
G1
C
A B
1
2 B2 D2 F2 H2
E1 C1 F1 C1
B1 D1
C-C
H1 F1 3 A1
A1
A2 C2 E2 4 G2
B-B
D-D
RKP14090
A1 : From control valve (B4 Port) 1. Cover

A2 : To R.H. travel motor (A Port) 2. Rotor
B1 : From control valve (B3 Port) 3. Seal
B2 : To L.H. travel motor (B Port) 4. Shaft
C2 : To R.H. travel motor (B Port)
D2 : To L.H. travel motor (A Port)
E1 : From control valve (B7 Port)
E2 : To blade cylinder (head side)
F1 : From control valve (A7 Port)
F2 : To blade cylinder (bottom side)
G1 : To hydraulic tank
G2 : From travel motor (DR ports)
H1 : From solenoid valve EV1 (B port)
H2 : To travel motor (PP ports)
Unit: mm
5 Replace
shaft Ø45 – –
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-19

PC14R-3 HS
PC16R-3 HS
E B1
D C
C1
B B
A
A1
C E-E D1
A E D
H B2 D2 F2 H2 J2
D1 E1 G1
J1
E1
I1 F1
C-C A1 F1
A2 C2 E2 G2 I2 D-D
B-B RKP14080
A1 : From control valve (B4 Port)

1. Cover
A2 : To R.H. travel motor (A Port)
2. Rotor
B1 : From control valve (B3 Port)
3. Seal
B2 : To L.H. travel motor (B Port)
4. Shaft
C2 : To R.H. travel motor (B Port)
D2 : To L.H. travel motor (A Port)
E1 : From variable gauge solenoid valve EV2 (C4 port)
E2 : To blade cylinder (Head side)
F1 : From variable gauge solenoid valve EV2 (C1 port)
F2 : To blade cylinder (Bottom side)
G1 : From variable gauge solenoid valve EV2 (C3 port)
G2 : To variable gauge cylinder bottom (Bottom side)
H1 : From variable gauge solenoid valve EV2 (C2 port)
H2 : To variable gauge cylinder head (Head side)
I1 : To hydraulic tank
I2 : From travel motor (DR ports)
J1 : From solenoid valve EV1 (B port)
J2 : To travel motor (PP ports)
Unit: mm
5 Replace
shaft Ø45 – –
10-20 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PC14R-3
#02
#02 #02
#02 CILINDRO ROTAZIONE 1° BRACCIO
#02 BLOCCAGGIO SERVOCOMANDI #02 Ø60 X Ø 30 - 310
A
T P
DESTRO ROTAZIONE DESTRA
BLOCCO BLOCCO ELETTROVALVOLA #02
1 Pa8 SCARICHI MANDATE SERVOCOMANDI #02 CILINDRO BENNA
VALVOLA BLOCCAGGIO Ø50 X Ø 30 - 378
P 1° BRACCIO
G ACCUMULATORE
#02
VALVOLA DI REGOLAZIONE C1 #02
PRESSIONE SERVOCOMANDI CILINDRO 1°BRACCIO
#02 31,4 0+ 2 bar #02 Ø55 X Ø30 - 348
T #02
T PIL
2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA Pa5
#02
SINISTRO Pb8 #03
PEDIPOLATORE ROTAZIONE CILINDRO 2° BRACCIO
V1 #03 Ø50 X Ø30 - 453
1° BRACCIO
T ATTREZZATURE
#02
#02
#02
#02
#02
#02
T P A A9 LATO DESTRO
SOLLEVA SALITA
Pa7 LAMA
1 B B9 LATO SINISTRO
MESH T
Pb9
MANIPOLATORE Pa9
T P
DESTRO
MESH CHIUDE 4 ROTAZIONE
T 1° BRACCIO
DISCESA
Pb7 LAMA
ABBASSA A A8 DESTRA
2
BENNA MANIPOLATORE
LAMA B8 SINISTRA
T P RIDUTTORE DI TRASLAZIONE
APRE Pb6 BENNA CHIUDE Pb8 DESTRO
Pa6 BENNA APRE Pa8
AVANTI 2 2
Pa5 1° BRACCIO DISCESA
1
TRASLAZIONE
ABBASSA Pb5 1° BRACCIO SALITA

LAMA
DESTRA
1° BRACCIO A7 SOLLEVA
T P A
RED
LATO DESTRO B7 ABBASSA
P2 Pa9 Pb7
SOLLEVA B
1 3 Pa7
INDIETRO
T
AVANTI 4 BENNA
MANIPOLATORE LATO SINISTRO A A6
APRE
SINISTRO
TRASLAZIONE
T P
SINISTRA P1 Pb9 B B6 CHIUDE
MANIPOLATORE
SINISTRA
2 ATTREZZATURE T
Pb6 270 bar
Pa6 GIUNTO DI
ROTAZIONE ROTAZIONE Ø45
#03 #03
230 bar
T
A A (TRASLAZIONE DESTRA INDIETRO)
3 Pa2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA
INDIETRO
1° BRACCIO #03 C C (TRASLAZIONE DESTRA AVANTI) #03
DESTRA ABBASSA
A A5
Pb2 ROTAZIONE DESTRA
4
B5 SOLLEVA #03 #03
APRE 3 D D (TRASLAZIONE SINISTRA AVANTI)
PEDIPOLATORE Pa1 2° BRACCIO APRE Pb5 #03 #03
TRASLAZIONE Pa5 B B (TRASLAZIONE SINISTRA INDIETRO)
2° BRACCIO
Pb1 2° BRACCIO CHIUDE #03
E E (LAMA SALITA)
TRASLAZIONE #03 F (LAMA DISCESA)
F RIDUTTORE DI TRASLAZIONE
CHIUDE
DESTRA SINISTRO
A4 INDIETRO
1
B4 AVANTI
Pa4 Pb4
DESTRA AVANTI
Pa4
#02
#02
Pb4 DESTRA INDIETRO 8.0
A
RED
Pa3 SINISTRA AVANTI TRASLAZIONE
SINISTRA B
Pb3 SINISTRA INDIETRO FILTRO AVANTI
A3
#02
B3 INDIETRO
#05 Pb3
Ø 0.5 Pa3
100 mesh SCAMBIATORE

ROTAZIONE CILINDRO
LAMA
A2 SINISTRA Ø65 X Ø35 - 60
P2 P1 DESTRA
B2
Ø 14.3
#02
#02
Pb2
Pa2
#04
#05
230 bar
T 2° BRACCIO
A1
M FILTRO
VALVOLA DI BY PASS
A
B1
CHIUDE
APRE MOTORE DI ROTAZIONE

1.5 +- 0.3 bar #03
A
#02
Pb1
MOTORE Pa1
11.2KW/2600 rpm
0 DR
185 + 5 bar
T1
POMPA S1 M #03
B
11.2 + 2.7 cc/giro
SERBATOIO OLIO IDRAULICO
VOLUME: 17.6 16+- 1 bar #03
OLIO NEL SERBATOIO: 14.3
T2
RKP18810
FILTRO LS
105 P LS2 T
Ø 26 #02
#04
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-21

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC14R-3 (travel increment version)
#02 BLOCCAGGIO SERVOCOMANDI INCREMENTO VELOCITA’

#02
#02
#02 A B
ELETTROVALVOLA
T P BLOCCO SERVOCOMANDI
ROTAZIONE DESTRA ACCUMULATORE
SCARICHI
DESTRO 1 PA8 BLOCCO #02
MANDATE DESTRA
#02
CILINDRO ROTAZIONE 1° BRACCIO
P G Ø60 X Ø 30 - 310
VALVOLA BLOCCAGGIO #02
#02 1° BRACCIO
SINISTRA
#02 T C1
VALVOLA DI REGOLAZIONE #02
SINISTRO 2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA PRESSIONE SERVOCOMANDI CILINDRO BENNA
APRE
31.4 0+ 2 bar PIL
#02 Ø50 X Ø 30 - 378
PB8 T PA5 #02
PEDIPOLATORE ROTAZIONE #02 CHIUDE
1° BRACCIO
#02
#02
#02
#02
T P
SOLLEVA SALITA V1 #02
Pa7 LAMA ABBASSA CILINDRO 1°BRACCIO
1 Ø55 X Ø30 - 348
T #02
#02
MESH ATTREZZATURE
LATO DESTRO SOLLEVA
MANIPOLATORE A A9
T P
DESTRO 4 B B9 CHIUDE
#03
LATO SINISTRO CILINDRO 2° BRACCIO
MESH CHIUDE Ø50 X Ø30 - 453
T #03
2 DISCESA
Pb7 LAMA Pb9
PA9
BENNA
ABBASSA APRE
MANIPOLATORE
LAMA ROTAZIONE
T P T 1° BRACCIO
Pb6 BENNA CHIUDE
APRE 2 A A8 DESTRA
Pa6 BENNA APRE
AVANTI 2 RIDUTTORE DI TRASLAZIONE
Pa5 1° BRACCIO DISCESA #05
B8 SINISTRA DESTRO
ABBASSA 1
TRASLAZIONE
Pb5 1° BRACCIO SALITA DR1

Pb8
1° BRACCIO
Pa8 #05
DESTRA
T P
LATO DESTRO
2 Pa9 LAMA
SOLLEVA 3
1 A7 SOLLEVA SOLLEVA
INDIETRO
INDIETRO A
RED
B7 ABBASSA ABBASSA
4 Pb7
AVANTI B
MANIPOLATORE PA7 AVANTI
1 LATO SINISTRO
SINISTRO
TRASLAZIONE
T P
SINISTRA Pb9
MANIPOLATORE
SINISTRA
2 ATTREZZATURE T
BENNA
A A6 APRE
ROTAZIONE
PP
B B6 CHIUDE DR2
GIUNTO DI
#02
T #05
3 Pa2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA Pb6 ROTAZIONE Ø45
INDIETRO
270 bar #05
Pa6 #02
4
H H (INCREMENTO VELOCITA’)
DESTRA
#03 #03
230 bar
T
3
#02
APRE
PEDIPOLATORE Pa1 2° BRACCIO APRE 1° BRACCIO #03 #03
C C (TRASLAZIONE DESTRA AVANTI)
2° BRACCIO
TRASLAZIONE #02
A A5 ABBASSA
Pb1 2° BRACCIO CHIUDE G G (DRENAGGIO)
B5 SOLLEVA #03 #03
D D (TRASLAZIONE SINISTRA AVANTI)
Pb5 #03 #03
#02
CHIUDE Pa5 B B (TRASLAZIONE SINISTRA INDIETRO)
#02
1 E E (LAMA SALITA)
#02
RIDUTTORE DI TRASLAZIONE
TRASLAZIONE F F (LAMA DISCESA) SINISTRO #05
DESTRA DR1
PA4 DESTRA AVANTI
A4 INDIETRO
#05
PB4
#02
DESTRA INDIETRO
B4 AVANTI
PA3 SINISTRA AVANTI
FILTRO Pb4
Pa4
PB3 SINISTRA INDIETRO
#02
#02
#02 8.0
AVANTI A
TRASLAZIONE
RED
#05
Ø 0.5 SINISTRA
AVANTI
A3 INDIETRO B
B3 INDIETRO
Pb3
Pa3
PP
CILINDRO
ROTAZIONE LAMA DR2
Ø 14.3
#02
#02
Ø65 X Ø35 - 60 #05

A2 SINISTRA
#05
P2 P1 #05 B2 DESTRA
Pb2
Pa2
#04
230 bar
T 2° BRACCIO
#02
FILTRO A A1 CHIUDE
M VALVOLA DI BY PASS
1.5 +- 0.3 bar
B1 APRE
#03
SWING MOTOR
RIGHT A
Pb1
MOTORE Pa1
11.2KW/2600 rpm
DR
185 0+ 5 bar
T1
#03
POMPA S1 M LEFT B
11.2 + 2.7 cc/giro
SERBATOIO #03
16+- 1 bar
OLIO IDRAULICO
VOLUME: 17.6 T2
OLIO NEL SERBATOIO: 14.3 LS
FILTRO T
105
P LS2 RKP18820
#02
Ø 26.3
#04
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-23

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC14R-3 HS (variable gauge version)
#02 #02 BLOCCAGGIO SERVOCOMANDI INCREMENTO VELOCITA’

#02
#02 A B ELETTROVALVOLA
ELETTROVALVOLA CARRO ALLARGABILE
T P SERVOCOMANDI P1 P2
ROTAZIONE DESTRA BLOCCO ACCUMULATORE
SCARICHI
DESTRO
P1 Pa8 BLOCCO #02
MANDATE
#02
P G Ø60 X Ø 30 - 310
#02 1° BRACCIO
#02 T C1
ROTAZIONE SINISTRA PRESSIONE SERVOCOMANDI CILINDRO BENNA
SINISTRO C2 C3 C1 C4
31.4 0+ 2 bar PIL
#02
Pa5 Ø50 X Ø 30 - 378
Pb8 T #02
PEDIPOLATORE ROTAZIONE #02
1° BRACCIO
#02
#02
#02
#02
T P
Pa7 LAMA CILINDRO 1°BRACCIO
1 Ø55 X Ø30 - 348
T #02
#02
MESH ATTREZZATURE
MANIPOLATORE A A9 LATO DESTRO
T P
DESTRO B B9 #03
MESH Ø50 X Ø30 - 453
CHIUDE 4 T #03
DISCESA Pb9
Pb7 LAMA Pa9
BENNA
ABBASSA 2
MANIPOLATORE
LAMA ROTAZIONE
T P T 1° BRACCIO
Pb6 BENNA CHIUDE
APRE DESTRA
Pa6 BENNA APRE A A8
AVANTI 2 2 RIDUTTORE DI TRASLAZIONE
ABBASSA 1 B8 SINISTRA DESTRO
TRASLAZIONE

Pb8
1° BRACCIO
Pa8 #05
DESTRA
T P
LATO DESTRO
2 Pa9
LAMA
SOLLEVA
1 A7 SOLLEVA
3 INDIETRO A
INDIETRO
ABBASSA
RED
B7
4 Pb7
AVANTI B
MANIPOLATORE Pa7 AVANTI
LATO SINISTRO
SINISTRO
TRASLAZIONE
T P
1 Pb9
SINISTRA
MANIPOLATORE
SINISTRA
2 ATTREZZATURE T BENNA
A APRE
A6
ROTAZIONE
PP
B B6 CHIUDE DR2
GIUNTO DI
#02
3 T #05
Pa2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA Pb6 ROTAZIONE Ø45
INDIETRO
270 bar #05
Pa6 #02
J J (INCREMENTO VELOCITA’)
DESTRA 4 #03 #03
3
230 bar
T
#02
APRE
2° BRACCIO
TRASLAZIONE ABBASSA #02

A A5
Pb1 2° BRACCIO CHIUDE I I (DRENAGGIO)
B5 SOLLEVA #03 #03
Pb5 #03 #03
#02
#02
1 E E (LAMA SALITA)
#02
DESTRA DR1
#02
Pa4 DESTRA AVANTI
A4 INDIETRO H H (CARRO ALLARGA)
#02 #05
G
#02
Pb4 DESTRA INDIETRO AVANTI G (CARRO CHIUDE)
B4
Pa3 SINISTRA AVANTI
FILTRO Pb4
Pa4
Pb3 SINISTRA INDIETRO
#02
#02
#02 8.0
TRASLAZIONE AVANTI A
RED
#05 SINISTRA
Ø 0.5
AVANTI
A3 INDIETRO B
B3 INDIETRO
#02
#02
Pb3
Pa3
PP
ROTAZIONE CILINDRO
LAMA DR2
Ø 14.3
#02
#02
Ø65 X Ø35 - 100 #05

A2 SINISTRA
CILINDRO #05
P2 P1 #05 B2 DESTRA CARRO ALLARGABILE
Ø50 X Ø30 - 293
Pb2
Pa2
#04
230 bar
T 2° BRACCIO
#02
FILTRO A A1 CHIUDE
M VALVOLA DI BY PASS
1.5 +- 0.3 bar
B1 APRE
#03
SWING MOTOR
RIGHT A
Pb1
MOTORE Pa1
11.2KW/2600 rpm
0 DR
185 + 5 bar
T1
#03
POMPA S1 M LEFT B
11.2 + 2.7 cc/giro
SERBATOIO #03
16+- 1 bar
OLIO IDRAULICO
VOLUME: 17.6 T2 RKP18830
OLIO NEL SERBATOIO: 14.3 LS
FILTRO P LS2 T
105
#02
Ø 26.3
#04
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-25

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC16R-3
#02
#02 #02 BLOCCAGGIO SERVOCOMANDI
#02 INCREMENTO VELOCITA’
A B
BLOCCO ELETTROVALVOLA
T P SCARICHI SERVOCOMANDI
ROTAZIONE DESTRA ACCUMULATORE
DESTRO
1 Pa8 BLOCCO #02
MANDATE
#02
P G Ø60 X Ø 30 - 310
#02 1° BRACCIO
#02 T C1
SINISTRO 2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA PRESSIONE SERVOCOMANDI CILINDRO BENNA
31.4 0+ 2 bar PIL
#02 Ø50 X Ø 30 - 378
Pb8 T Pa5 #02
1° BRACCIO
#02
#02
#02
#02
T P
1 Ø55 X Ø30 - 348
T #02
#02
MESH ATTREZZATURE
T P
DESTRO B B9 #03
MESH CHIUDE 4 Ø50 X Ø30 - 453
T #03
DISCESA Pb9
Pb7 LAMA Pa9
BENNA
ABBASSA
2
MANIPOLATORE
LAMA ROTAZIONE
T P T 1° BRACCIO
Pb6 BENNA CHIUDE
APRE 2 DESTRA
Pa6 BENNA APRE A A8
B8 SINISTRA DESTRO
ABBASSA 1
TRASLAZIONE

Pb8
1° BRACCIO
Pa8 #05
DESTRA
T P
LATO DESTRO
Pa9 LAMA
SOLLEVA 2
1 A7 SOLLEVA SOLLEVA
3 INDIETRO A
INDIETRO
ABBASSA
RED
B7 ABBASSA
Pb7
AVANTI B
4 LATO SINISTRO
SINISTRO
TRASLAZIONE
T P
1 Pb9
SINISTRA
MANIPOLATORE
SINISTRA
A APRE
A6
ROTAZIONE
PP
B B6 CHIUDE DR2
GIUNTO DI
#02
T #05
INDIETRO
270 bar #05
Pa6 #02
4
H H (INCREMENTO VELOCITA’)
DESTRA
#03 #03
270 bar
T
3
#02
APRE
2° BRACCIO

A A5
Pb1 2° BRACCIO CHIUDE G G (DRENAGGIO)
B5 SOLLEVA #03 #03
Pb5 #03 #03
#02
#02
1 E E (LAMA SALITA)
#02
DESTRA DR1
Pa4 DESTRA AVANTI INDIETRO
A4
#05
#02
Pb4 DESTRA INDIETRO AVANTI
B4
Pa3 SINISTRA AVANTI
FILTRO Pb4
Pa4
#02
#02
#02 8.0
RED
#05 SINISTRA
Ø 0.5
AVANTI
A3 INDIETRO B
B3 INDIETRO
Pb3
Pa3
PP
ROTAZIONE CILINDRO
LAMA DR2
Ø 14.3
#02
#02
#04
#04
Ø65 X Ø35 - 60 #05

A2 SINISTRA
#05
#05 B2 DESTRA
P3 P2 P1 Pb2
Pa2
270 bar
T 2° BRACCIO
#02
FILTRO A A1 CHIUDE
VALVOLA DI BY PASS B1 APRE

MOTORE DI ROTAZIONE
M 1.5 + -0.3 bar
Pb1
#03 RIGHT A
Pa1
M MOTORE
11.2KW/2600 rpm 0 DR
210 + 5 bar
T1
O M #03
LEFT B
POMPA A PORTATA VARIABILE S1

CILINDRATA MASSIMA: 7.5+7.5 cc/giro SERBATOIO #03
CILINDRATA MINIMA: 1.5+1.5 cc/giro 16+- 1 bar
OLIO IDRAULICO
POMPA AD INGRANAGGI VOLUME: 17.6 T2 RKP18840
PORTATA: 2.75 cc/giro OLIO NEL SERBATOIO: 14.3 LS
FILTRO P LS2 T
105
#02
Ø 26.3
#04
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-27

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
PC16R-3 HS (variable gauge version)
#02 BLOCCAGGIO SERVOCOMANDI INCREMENTO VELOCITA’

#02
#02
#02 A B ELETTROVALVOLA
ELETTROVALVOLA CARRO ALLARGABILE
T P SERVOCOMANDI P1 P2
ROTAZIONE DESTRA BLOCCO ACCUMULATORE
SCARICHI
DESTRO 1 Pa8 BLOCCO #02
MANDATE
#02
P G Ø60 X Ø 30 - 310
#02 1° BRACCIO
#02 T C1
2 ROTAZIONE SINISTRA PRESSIONE SERVOCOMANDI CILINDRO BENNA
SINISTRO C2 C3 C1 C4
31.4 0+ 2 bar PIL
#02
Pa5 Ø50 X Ø 30 - 378
Pb8 T #02
1° BRACCIO
#02
#02
#02
#02
T P
1 Ø55 X Ø30 - 348
T #02
#02
MESH ATTREZZATURE
T P
DESTRO B B9 #03
MESH CHIUDE 4 Ø50 X Ø30 - 453
T #03
DISCESA Pb9
Pb7 LAMA Pa9
BENNA
ABBASSA
2
MANIPOLATORE
LAMA ROTAZIONE
T P T 1° BRACCIO
Pb6 BENNA CHIUDE
APRE 2 DESTRA
Pa6 BENNA APRE A A8
ABBASSA 1 B8 SINISTRA DESTRO
TRASLAZIONE

Pb8
1° BRACCIO
Pa8 #05
DESTRA
T P
LATO DESTRO
Pa9
LAMA
SOLLEVA 2
1 A7 SOLLEVA
3 INDIETRO A
INDIETRO
ABBASSA
RED
B7
Pb7
AVANTI 4 B
LATO SINISTRO
SINISTRO
TRASLAZIONE
T P
1 Pb9
SINISTRA
MANIPOLATORE
SINISTRA
A APRE
A6
ROTAZIONE
PP
B B6 CHIUDE DR2
GIUNTO DI
#02
T #05
INDIETRO
270 bar #05
Pa6 #02
4 J J (INCREMENTO VELOCITA’)
DESTRA
#03 #03
270 bar
T
3
#02
APRE
2° BRACCIO

A A5
Pb1 2° BRACCIO CHIUDE I I (DRENAGGIO)
B5 SOLLEVA #03 #03
Pb5 #03 #03
#02
CHIUDE 1 Pa5 B B (TRASLAZIONE SINISTRA INDIETRO)
#02
E E (LAMA SALITA)
#02
DESTRA DR1
#02
Pa4 DESTRA AVANTI
A4 INDIETRO H H (CARRO ALLARGA)
#02 #05
G
#02
Pb4 DESTRA INDIETRO AVANTI G (CARRO CHIUDE)
B4
Pa3 SINISTRA AVANTI
FILTRO Pb4
Pa4
#02
#02
#02 8.0
RED
#05 SINISTRA
Ø 0.5
AVANTI
A3 INDIETRO B
B3 INDIETRO
#02
#02
Pb3
Pa3
PP
ROTAZIONE CILINDRO
LAMA DR2
Ø 14.3
#02
#02
#04
#04
Ø65 X Ø35 - 100 #05

A2 SINISTRA
CILINDRO #05
#05 B2 DESTRA CARRO ALLARGABILE
Ø50 X Ø30 - 293
P3 P2 P1 Pb2
Pa2
270 bar
T 2° BRACCIO
#02
FILTRO A A1 CHIUDE
VALVOLA DI BY PASS B1 APRE

SWING MOTOR
M 1.5 +- 0.3 bar
Pb1
#03 RIGHT A
Pa1
M MOTORE
11.2KW/2600 rpm 0 DR
210 + 5 bar
T1
O M #03
LEFT B
POMPA A PORTATA VARIABILE S1

CILINDRATA MASSIMA: 7.5+7.5 cc/giro SERBATOIO #03
CILINDRATA MINIMA: 1.5+1.5 cc/giro 16+- 1 bar
OLIO IDRAULICO
POMPA AD INGRANAGGI VOLUME: 17.6 T2 RKP18850
PORTATA: 2.75 cc/giro OLIO NEL SERBATOIO: 14.3 LS
FILTRO P LS2 T
105
#02
Ø 26.3
#04
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-29

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC PUMP
HYDRAULIC PUMP
PC14R-3
Rotation
S
Discharge Suction
P1 P2
A(P1) B(P2) RKP13380
S Port - From hydraulic tank SPECIFICATIONS

P2 Port - To EV1 solenoid valve (P Port) Theorical displacement: 11.2 + 2.7cc/rev.
P1 Port - To control valve (P Port)
DIESEL
B A
P2 P1
RKP13520
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-31

PC16R-3
1
a
b c A
d A
View X
P3 P2 P1
S1
RKP14420
P1 Port - To control valve (P Port) SPECIFICATIONS

P2 Port - To control valve (P Port) Type: PVD - OOB - 13 -3
P3 Port - Servocontrol feed unit EV1 (P Port) Displacement: 7 + 2.5 cc/rev.
S1 Port - From hydraulic tank Normal pressure:
- Main pump: 206 bar (210 kg/cm2)
1. Main pump - Gear pump: 29 bar (30 kg/cm2)
2. Gear pump
10-32 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

3 5 6 8 9
1
10
RKP14470
2 4 11 7
A-A
1. Shaft 7. Valve plate

2. Ball 8. Displacement adjustment spring
3. Control piston 9. Adjustment screw
4. Swash plate 10. Joint
5. Piston 11. Shoe
6. Cylinder block
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-33

1. Operation
• This pump works as a variable displacement double
pump with horsepower control function.
Eight pistons (2) are installed to the cylinder block
(1). 4 2
The cylinder block (1) contacts the valve plate (3).
1
The valve plate is provided with a suction port A and
several delivery ports B.
The swash plate (4), which is fixed to the pump
body, is positioned at a certain angle. The pistons B
(2) rotate with the cylinder block (1) and follow its A 3
inclination.
• By rotating shaft (5), cylinder block (1) rotates, and
pistons (2) assembled inside cylinder block (1)
move in a reciprocal motion following swash plate
(4). This movement performs the suction and Discharge
discharge action of the pump. Suction
• Each of the eight pistons (2) performs one suction
and discharge stroke for each rotation of cylinder Discharge
block (1), so the rotation of shaft (5) provides Suction stroke
stroke
continuous suction and discharge. RKP15120
The volume of the stroke of piston (2) depends on

the angle of swash plate (4), so by changing the
angle of swash plate (4) it is possible to change the
amount of the discharge flow.
10-34 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
Pb1 Pb2 Pb3 Pb4 Pb5 Pb6 Pb7 Pb8 Pb9

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
LS
LS
T A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A8 A7 A8 A9
Pa1 Pa2 Pa3 Pa4 Pa5 Pa6 Pa7 Pa8 Pa9
1
LS2
LS
RKP14740
1
2
10-36 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONNECTION
A1 To arm cylinder (Bottom side)
A2 To swing motor (B Port)
A3 To swivel joint (D Port)
A4 To swivel joint (C Port)
A5 To boom cylinder (Head side)
A6 To bucket cylinder (Head side)
A7 To swivel joint (E Port)
A8 To boom swing cylinder (Head side)
A9 To optional actuators
B1 To arm cylinder (Head side)
B2 To swing motor (A Port)
B3 To swivel joint (B Port)
B4 To swivel joint (A Port)
B5 To boom safety relief valve (Port V1)
B6 To bucket cylinder (Bottom side)
B7 To swivel joint (F Port)
B8 To boom swing cylinder (Bottom side)
B9 To optional actuators
Pa1 From L.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pa2 From L.H. PPC valve (P4 Port)
Pa3 From travel PPC valve (Port P3)
Pa4 From travel PPC valve (Port P1)
Pa5 From R.H. PPC valve (P2 Port)
Pa6 From R.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pa7 From blade PPC valve (Port P1)
Pa8 From boom swing PPC valve (Port P1)
Pa9 From actuators PPC valve (Port P2)
Pb1 From L.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pb2 From L.H. PPC valve (P3 Port)
Pb3 From travel PPC valve (Port P4)
Pb4 From travel PPC valve (Port P2)
Pb5 From R.H. PPC valve (P1 Port)
Pb6 From R.H. PPC valve (P4 Port)
Pb7 From blade PPC valve (Port P2)
Pb8 From boom swing PPC valve (Port P2)
Pb9 From actuators PPC valve (Port P1)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-37

1 T LS2 P
LS 1. Unloading valve: 16±1 bar
T2
3 2. Cut-off valve:
PC14: 185 +0 5 bar
2 M
PC16: 210 +0 5 bar
T1
3. Compensated flow valve
a1
4. Suction valve
b1
PC14R - 2 : 230 bar B1
PC16R - 2 : 270 bar
A1
a2
b2
B2
A2
a3
b3
B3
A3
0.12
a4
b4
B4
A4
a5
4 b5
B5
A5
PC14R - 2 : 230 bar
PC16R - 2 : 270 bar
a6
270 bar b6
B6
A6
4
a7
b7
B7
A7
a8
b8
B8
A8
4
a9
b9
B9
4 A9
RKP14130
10-38 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION SWING MOTOR
SWING MOTOR
B
A
DR
DR
RKP14750
DR Port - To hydraulic tank SPECIFICATIONS

Port B - From control valve (Port A1)
Displacement: 195 cc/rev.
Port B - From control valve (Port B1)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-39

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION PPC VALVES
PPC VALVES
L.H PPC VALVES
4
3
2
4
T
1
P
T
1
4 3 4 3
RKP18780
LH PPC VALVE
1 port - To control valve (PA1 port) (close arm)
2 Port - To control valve (Port PA2) (L.H. swing)
3 Port - To control valve (PB1 Port) (Open arm)
4 Port - To control valve (Port PB2) (R.H. swing)
P Port - From solenoid valve EV1 (A Port)
T Port - To hydraulic tank
10-40 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

R.H PPC VALVES
3
2
4 4
T
1 P
T
1
4 3 4 3
RKP18770
R.H. PPC VALVE

Port 1 - To control valve (Port PA5) (Lower boom)
Port 2 - To control valve (Port PA6) (dump bucket)
3 Port - To control valve (PB5 Port) (Raise boom)
4 port - To control valve (PB6 Port ) (curl bucket)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-41

TRAVEL PPC VALVE
1 2
P T
3 4
RKP18800

1 Port - To control valve (PB4 Port) (right backward)
2 Port - To control valve (PA4 port) (right forward)
3 Port - To control valve (PB3 Port) (left backward)
4 Port - To control valve (PA3 port) (left forward)
10-42 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

BLADE PPC VALVE
1 2
RKP18760

1 Port - To control valve (P Port) (Raise blade)
2 Port - To control valve (PB7 Port) (Lower blade)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-43

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND BOOM SWING PPC VALVE
a See the equipment PPC valve for details on operation.
2 1
RKP18790
BOOM SWING PPC VALVE EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE

T Port - To hydraulic tank T Port - To hydraulic tank
P Port - To solenoid valve EV1 (A Port) P Port - To solenoid valve EV1 (A Port)
1 Port - To control valve (Port PA8) (R.H. swing) 1 Port - To control valve (Port PB9) (Left side)
2 Port - To control valve (Port PB8) (L.H. swing) 2 Port - To control valve (Port PA9) (Right side)
10-44 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
EV1 SOLENOID VALVE
PC14R-3
G P
A
SV1
P G
EP1
T
RKP14120
Port A - To PPC valves 1. Servocontrol feed unit

Port G - To accumulator
P Port - From hydraulic pump
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-45

SOLENOID VALVES EV1

PC14R-3 (travel increment version), PC14R-3 HS
PC16R-3, PC16R-3 HS
1 2
G P
T
A B
B A
SV2
EP1
RKP14110
1 2
Port A - To PPC valves 1. Servocontrol feed unit

B Port - To swivel joint (H Port) 2. Travel Hi-Lo speed selector valve
Port G - To accumulator
P Port - From hydraulic pump
10-46 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

SOLENOID VALVE EV2

PC14R-3 HS
PC16R-3 HS
C3
C4 P2
C2
C1 P1
C1 C2 C4 C3
P1 P2
RKP13500
P1: From control valve (B7 Port)

P2: From control valve (A7)
C1: To swivel joint (F1 Port)
C2: To swivel joint (H1 Port)
C3: To swivel joint (G1 Port)
C4: To swivel joint (E1 Port)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-47

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION FINAL DRIVE
FINAL DRIVE
PC14R-3 (travel increment version), PC14R-3 HS
PC16R-3, PC16R-3 HS
Model: PHV-1B-12B-PT-8829
46-51 Nm
(4.7-5.2 kgm)
DR PP A B DR
127-167 Nm 46-51 Nm 28.4-30.4 Nm
(13-17 kgm) (4.7-5.2 kgm) (2.9-3.1 kgm)
RKP13530
12-18 Nm 5.8-6.0 Nm
(1.2-1.8 kgm) (0.59-0.61 kgm)
RIGHT TRAVEL MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS

A: To swivel joint (A2 Port) Model:PHV-1B-12B-PT-8829
B: To swivel joint (C2 Port) Delivery of motor: (1a) 12.4/(2a) 6.2 cm3/rev
PP: To swivel joint (J2 Port) Max. output speed (1a) 39.8/(2a) 79.5 rpm
DR: To swivel joint (I2 Port) Max. flow rate 18.6 l /min.
LEFT TRAVEL MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
A: To swivel joint (D2 Port) Model:PHV-1B-12B-PT-8829
B: To swivel joint (B2 Port) Delivery of motor: (1a) 12.4/(2a) 6.2 cm3/rev
PP: To swivel joint (J2 Port) Max. output speed (1a) 39.8/(2a) 79.5 rpm
DR: To swivel joint (I2 Port) Max. flow rate 18.6 l /min.
10-48 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 21 22
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 23
20
24 RKP13540
A-A
1. Cover 13. Disc

2. No. 2 planetary gear 14. Shaft
3. No. 2 sun gear 15. Rocker cam
4. Ring gear 16. Piston
5. No. 2 planetary carrier 17. No. 1 planetary gear
6. Housing 18. No. 1 planetary gear
7. Piston 19. Drain plug
8. Cylinder name 20. Oil level plug
9. Valve plate 21. Check valve
10. Brake valve 22. Counterbalance valve
11. Brake piston 23. Check valve
12. Plate 24. Automatic 1st valve
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-49

Principle of operation
• The PVH Series travel motor consists of the fixed
part which consists of hydraulic motor (2) and
hydraulic valve and the rotary part which consists of
simple planetary reduction gear unit (1).
a1,a2
b2
b1
5
a1-a2
s2
1
b2
s1
Rotating
section
b1
Fixed
section
DR B A PP RKP13550
a b1consists of 4 planetary gears and b2 consists of 3 1. Simple planetary reduction gear unit
planetary gears. 2. Hydraulic motor
3. Hydraulic motor Automatic 1st valve
4. Counterbalance valve
5. No. 2 reduction
10-50 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

1. Reduction gear unit • The reduction ratio of the 2 stages of the simple
planetary gears is generally given by the following
Function expression.
R = Zs1 (Zs1 + Za1) x Zs2 (Zs2 + Za2)
• The reduction gear unit consists of 2 stages of
Zs1, Zs2: Number of teeth of gears s1 and s2
simple planetary gears. It converts the high-speed
Za1, Za2: Number of teeth of gears a1 and a2
revolution from the hydraulic motor into low-speed
higher torque to obtain revolution of the case. • Since the body of the PHV Series travel motor
revolves, the above reduction ratio is given by the
following expression.
Operation R' = 1/(1-1/R)
• In the following figure, gear s2 is coupled with the
hydraulic motor output shaft by spline (of by a shaft).
The speed of rotation of gear s2 is reduced by gears
s2, b2 and a2.
• The reduced revolution is further reduced through
gears s1, b1 and a1, coupled with carrier 2 (5) by
spline.
• This revolution is transmitted through internal gears
a1 and a2 to the rotary part and used for travel.
a1-a2
Fixed
section Rotating section
b1 b2
s1 5
s2
1
RKP13560
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-51

2. Hydraulic motor
Porta
Port AA
Port
PortaBB
RKP13570
Function • When the motor revolves in reverse, the hydraulic

• This hydraulic motor is an axial piston motor (rotary oil flows in through port B and the return oil flows out
cylinder swash plate type). It converts the hydraulic through port A.
energy from the pump into rotary movement.
Operation
• The hydraulic oil flowing in through the hydraulic
valve is supplied to valve plate (3).
• The hydraulic oil supplied to port A flows into the
cylinder port in cylinder barrel (2) corresponding to
port A and pushes piston (1).
• The pushing force of the above hydraulic oil is
converted through rocker cam (4) into rotary force
and output to shaft (5) coupled with cylinder barrel
(2).
• The return oil in the cylinder port flows out through
port B of valve plate.
10-52 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Operation of 2nd motor • If the 2nd gear lever is set, hydraulic oil P is led
• Rocker cam (4) has 2 faces of A and B on the through the 2nd spool into control chamber (10).
opposite side to the face on which shoe (6) slides. It • The control piston (11) moves to the right (Æ) until
is supported on 2 balls (7) fixed to body (8). face Bof rocker cam (4) contacts the travel motor
• Balls (7) are installed a little higher than the axis. body (8), and then rocker cam (4) is fixed at swash
Accordingly, in the 1st gear speed, face A is pressed plate angle b. At this time, the delivery of the motor is
against body (8) by the hydraulic force applied to reduced.
piston (1) and the force of spring (9), and swash
plate angle is set to a and the delivery of the motor is
increased. 4 9
B
B 4 6 1
b
8
7 a
9 10 11
2° velocità
2nd speed P RKP13590
A 2
1st speed
1° velocità
RKP13580
• While the engine is stopped, control chamber (10) is
connected through the 2nd spool to the drain port.
• As a result, rocker cam (4) is returned to the 1st gear
speed position by spring (9), thus the 1st gear speed
is always selected when the machine starts travel.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-53

3. Hydraulic valve
1) Counterbalance valve
D C 2 A 3 B E 4
IN OUT
A’ 1 B’
RKP13600
Operation • If the hydraulic oil from port A is stopped, spool (3)

• If the hydraulic oil is supplied through port A, it moved to the (3) is returned to the left by the force of
pushes check valve (2) open and flows in port A’ on spring (4).
the inlet side of the hydraulic motor. • At this time, the oil in chamber D controls the speed
• On the other hand, the hydraulic oil flows through of spool (3) returning to the left with choke C.
choke C into chamber D and moves spool (3) to the • Even if the hydraulic oil from port A is stopped, the
right against spring (4). hydraulic motor continues revolution by inertia.
• As a result, the oil on the return side of the hydraulic • At this time, the return oil is controlled gradually by
motor flows in through port B' and returns through the changing speed and shape of the cut of spool (3)
body (1) and opening E of spool (3) to port B to to stop the hydraulic motor smoothly.
rotates the hydraulic motor.
• If the hydraulic oil is supplied through port B, each
part operates in the opposite direction and the
hydraulic motor revolves in reverse.
10-54 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

2) Automatic 1st valve
PP A B
1
4
2
F1 3
F4
F2 F3
RED
DR RKP13610
Operation automatic 1st valve (5) moves to the left and sets the
• If the 2nd pilot switch is turned ON, the 2nd pilot system in the 1st gear speed.
pressure is led through port PP into hydraulic • If drive pressure is reduced from the 1st gear speed
pressure pilot (1) and force F1 is generated. level to the set pressure of the 2nd gear speed, the
• Force F1 moves automatic 1st valve (5) to the right total of rightward forces F1 and F2 exceeds the total
against force F4 and sets the system in the 2nd gear leftward forces F3 and F4. As a result, automatic 1st
speed. valve (5) moves to the right and set the system in the
• On the other hand, the drive pressure is led into 2nd gear speed.
pilots (2) and (3) to generate forces F2 and F3.
• Since the pressure receiving area of hydraulic pilot
(3) is larger than that of (2), force F3 is larger than
force F2. As the drive pressure is increased, the
difference between forces F2 and F3 is increased.
• If drive pressure is increased from the 2nd gear
speed level to the set pressure of the 1st gear speed,
the total of rightward forces F1 and F2 is exceeded
by the total leftward forces F3 and F4. As a result,
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-55

4. Parking brake
Function • If the hydraulic oil is supplied to port A or B, hydraulic

• When the travel motor is stopped, the parking brake oil P is led into chamber (5). Hydraulic oil P moves
fixes the hydraulic motor output shaft mechanically. brake piston (6) to the right against the force of
spring (7).
• As a result, disc plate (3) and steel plate (4) is
Operation
released and the friction force is lost and cylinder
• While the hydraulic oil is not supplied to port A or B, barrel (7) can revolve.
spring (7) presses brake piston to the left.
• At this time, disc plate (3) fixed by the semi lunar
groove of cylinder barrel (1) is fixed between steel
plate (4) which is also fixed to body (2).
• As a result, cylinder barrel (1) cannot revolve
because of the friction force of disc plate (3) and
steel plate (4) and the hydraulic motor output shaft
is fixed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RKP13630
1 2 3 4 6 7
RKP13620
10-56 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION CYLINDERS
CYLINDERS
Boom cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13640
Arm cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13650
Bucket cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13660
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-57

Boom swing cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13670
Blade cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13680
Variable gauge cylinder
2 4 1 5 3
RKP13690
10-58 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

PC14R-3
Unit: mm
No. Check item Value Remedy
Tolerance
Cylinder Standard Standard Clearance
name size Shaft Hole clearance limit
–0.020 +0.033 0.020 –
Boom ø30 0.403
–0.053 +0.080 0.086
–0.020 +0.133 0.013 –
Arm ø30 0.486
–0.053 –0.007 0.186
Clearance –0.020 +0.133 0.013 – Replace
1 between piston Bucket ø30 0.486
–0.053 –0.007 0.186 bushing
rod and bushing
–0.020 +0.133 0.013 –
Boom swing ø30 0.486
–0.053 –0.007 0.186
–0.025 +0.132 0.031–
Blade ø35 0.496
–0.064 +0.006 0.196
Variable ø30 –0.020 +0.133 0.013 – 0.486
gauge –0.053 –0.007 0.186
–0.025 +0.134 0.097 –
Boom ø35 1.0
–0.064 +0.072 0.198
–0.011 +0.099 0.051 –
Arm ø30 1.0
–0.015 +0.040 0.114
Clearance –0.090 +0.099 0.130 –
Bucket ø30 1.0
between piston –0.130 +0.040 0.229
2 rod supporting –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
shaft and Boom swing ø30 1.0
–0.050 +0.036 0.161
bushing
–0.010 +0.134 0.082 –
Blade ø35 1.0
–0.050 +0.072 0.184
Variable –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
ø30 1.0
gauge –0.050 +0.036 0.161
Replace pin
–0.025 +0.134 0.097 – and bushing
Boom ø35 1.0
–0.064 +0.072 0.198
–0.025 +0.099 0.065 –
Arm ø30 1.0
–0.064 +0.040 0.163
Clearance –0.090 +0.099 0.130 –
Bucket ø30 1.0
between –0.130 +0.040 0.229
3 cylinder bottom –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
supporting shaft Boom swing ø30 –0.050 +0.036 0.161 1.0
and bushing
–0.010 +0.134 0.082 –
Blade ø35 1.0
–0.050 +0.072 0.184
Variable –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
ø30 1.0
gauge –0.050 +0.036 0.161
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-59

Boom 412 ± 41 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)
Arm 392 ± 39.0 Nm (40 ± 4.0 kgm)
Bucket 539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.0 kgm)
Tightening Boom swing 441 ± 44.0 Nm (45 ± 4.5 kgm)

4 torque of Retighten
cylinder head Blade 490 ± 49.0 Nm (50 ± 5.0 kgm)
Blade
(variable 490 ± 49.0 Nm (50 ± 5.0 kgm)
gauge)
Variable 539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.0 kgm)

gauge
Boom 245 ± 24.5 Nm (25 ± 2.5 kgm)(Width across flats: 30 mm)
Arm 324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
Bucket 324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
Tightening Boom swing 343 ± 34.0 Nm (35 ± 3.5 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
5 torque of Retighten
cylinder piston Blade 412 ± 41.0 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)(Width across flats: 36 mm)
Blade
(variable 412 ± 41.0 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)(Width across flats: 36 mm)
gauge)
Variable 324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)

gauge
10-60 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

PC16R-3
Unit: mm
Tolerance
Cylinder Standard Standard Clearance
name size Shaft Hole clearance limit
–0.025 +0.039 0.025 –
Boom ø35 0.403
–0.064 +0.080 0.103
–0.025 +0.132 0.031 –
Arm ø35 0.496
–0.064 +0.006 0.196
Clearance –0.020 +0.133 0.013 – Replace
1 between piston Bucket ø30 0.486
–0.053 –0.007 0.186 bushing
rod and bushing
–0.020 +0.133 0.013 –
Boom swing ø30 0.486
–0.053 –0.007 0.186
–0.025 +0.132 0.031–
Blade ø35 0.496
–0.064 +0.006 0.196
Variable –0.020 +0.133 0.013 –
ø30 0.486
gauge –0.053 –0.007 0.186
–0.025 +0.134 0.097 –
Boom ø35 1.0
–0.064 +0.072 0.198
–0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
Arm ø30 1.0
–0.050 +0.036 0.161
Clearance –0.090 +0.099 0.130 –
Bucket ø30 1.0
between piston –0.130 +0.040 0.229
2 rod supporting –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
shaft and Boom swing ø30 1.0
–0.050 +0.036 0.161
bushing
–0.010 +0.134 0.082 –
Blade ø35 1.0
–0.050 +0.072 0.184
Variable –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
ø30 1.0
gauge –0.050 +0.036 0.161
Replace pin
–0.025 +0.134 0.097 – and bushing
Boom ø35 1.0
–0.064 +0.072 0.198
–0.025 +0.111 0.061 –
Arm ø30 1.0
–0.064 +0.036 0.175
Clearance –0.090 +0.099 0.130 –
Bucket ø30 1.0
between –0.130 +0.040 0.229
3 cylinder bottom –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
supporting shaft Boom swing ø30 –0.050 +0.036 0.161 1.0
and bushing
–0.010 +0.134 0.082 –
Blade ø35 1.0
–0.050 +0.072 0.184
Variable –0.010 +0.111 0.046 –
ø30 1.0
gauge –0.050 +0.036 0.161
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 10-61

Boom 785 ± 78.5 Nm (80 ± 8.0 kgm)
Arm 569 ± 57.0 Nm (58 ± 5.8 kgm)
Bucket 539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.0 kgm)
Tightening Boom swing 441 ± 44.0 Nm (45 ± 4.5 kgm)

4 torque of
cylinder head Blade 540 ± 54.0 Nm (50 ± 5.0 kgm)
Blade
(variable 490 ± 49.0 Nm (50 ± 5.2 kgm)
gauge)
Variable 539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.0 kgm)

gauge
Retighten
Boom 422 ± 42.0 Nm (43 ± 4.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 36 mm)
Arm 618 ± 62.0 Nm (63 ± 6.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 41 mm)
Bucket 324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
Tightening Boom swing 343 ± 34.0 Nm (35 ± 3.5 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
5 torque of
cylinder piston Blade 618 ± 62.0 Nm (63 ± 6.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 41 mm)
Blade
(variable 412 ± 41.0 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)(Width across flats: 36 mm)
gauge)
Variable
324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)(Width across flats: 32 mm)
gauge
10-62 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

20 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS
MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPONENTS .....3 CHECKING SERVO-CONTROL PRESSURE ............. 37

PUMP FEATURES PC14R-3........................................10 CHECKING LS PRESSURE ........................................ 39
PUMP FEATURES PC16R-3........................................11 ADJUSTING PPC VALVE CLEARANCE ..................... 41
CHECK POSITIONS .....................................................12 CHECKING FOR LEAKAGE INSIDE
SPECIAL TOOLS..........................................................16 THE CYLINDERS......................................................... 42
TESTING ENGINE SPEED...........................................17 METHODS FOR TESTING FOR LEAKAGES

INSIDE THE SWIVEL JOINT ....................................... 45
MEASUREMENT OF EXHAUST GAS COLOR............19
ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE ..............................21 HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS............................................... 49
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE ..................23 AIR BLEED................................................................... 50
CHECKING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.........................24 CONTROL OF HYDRAULIC DRIFTS -
TESTING AND ADJUSTING ANALYSIS CAUSES OF A DRIFT ............................... 52
FUEL INJECTION TIMING ...........................................25 HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR
ADJUSTING ENGINE STOP SOLENOID.....................27 (FOR CABIN) ............................................................... 58
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT........................28 HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR
(FOR CANOPY) ........................................................... 60
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION .....29
ADJUSTING THE SERVO-CONTROL SAFETY
ADJUSTING FUEL CONTROL LEVER LINKAGE........30
MICROSWITCHES AND RUBBER PAD...................... 62
MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCE
KOMTRAX STATION OPENING CHECK
IN SWING CIRCLE BEARINGS....................................31
(TC1310 station)........................................................... 63
TESTING AND ADJUSTING
KOMTRAX SYSTEM CHECKS .................................... 68
TRACK SHOE TENSION..............................................32
CONTROL AND REGULATION OF PRESSURE
IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS...................................33
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-1

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPONENTS
MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPONENTS

FOR ENGINE
Engine 3D67E-2A
Standard Permissible
Check item Test Condition Unit
value value
High idling 2780 ± 50 —
Engine speed Low idling rpm 1475 ± 50 —
Operating speed 2600 —
At sudden acceleration Max. 4.0 4.5

Index
Exhaust gas color
Bosch
At high idling Max. 1.0 2.5
Intake (20 °C) 0.145 – 0.185 —

Valve clearance mm
Exhaust (20° C) 0.145 – 0.185 —
Compression Oil temperature: 40 – 60°C

kg/cm2 29 – 33 23
pressure Engine speed: 200 – 300 rpm
Blow-by pressure Water temperature in operating range

mmH2O — —
(Oil SAE 30) At high idling speed
Water temperature in At high idling 2.0 – 4.5 —

operating range 2
Engine oil pressure At low kg/cm
Oil: SAE30W 1.0 —
idling
Engine oil temperature Whole speed range ºC Max. 120 Max. 120
Fuel injection timing BTDC degree 17 ± 0.75 —
Deflection when pressed with finger force

Fan belt tension mm 7 – 10 —
of approx. 10 kg
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-3

FOR MACHINE

Classifi Standard Permissible
cation value value
• Oil temperature 45 – 55°C
Engine speed with • Cooling circuit: in correct range
Engine
o n e p u m p a t m a x . • Engine oil pressure: in correct range rpm

pressure • Bucket circuit: max. pressure
a Measure when pressure has stabilised
Boom
control
Arm
control
Bucket
Control valve spool travel
control
Swing
control a=6 a=6
a For details, see A mm
Work equipment b=6 b=6
control
Blade
control
Boom swing
control
Travel
control
Boom Neutral oRaise,
85 80 – 95
lever Lower
Arm Neutral o Open
85 80 – 95
lever Curled
Bucket Neutral o Open
85 80 – 95
lever Dump
Neutral o Swing RH
Stroke of levers and pedals
Swing
85 80 – 95
lever • At centre Swing LH
of lever knob
Blade • Reading at end of
Neutral oRaise,
75 70 – 80
lever travel Lower
mm
Boom swing • Equipment on the Neutral o Swing RH
ground 17 12 – 25
pedal Swing LH
• Engine stopped
Travel control • Tip of pedal Neutral o Forward
105 90 – 115
lever Reverse
Accelerator
Min. i
o Max. 160 150 – 165
lever
Working equipment,
– Max. 2
swing
Lever clearance
Travel – Max. 8
20-4 PC14R-3 PC16R-3


Classific Standard Permissible
ation value value
Boom lever 2 1.6 – 2.4
Arm lever 2 1.6 – 2.4

Effort for lever and pedal operation
Bucket lever 2 1.6 – 2.4

• Engine speed: max.
Swing lever • Instrument coupling at centre of 2 1.6 – 2.4
control lever knob kg
Boom swing pedal • Instrument coupling on outside edge 9 7 – 11
(for pedal control)
• Reading at end of travel
Blade lever 2 1.5 – 2.5
Travel control lever 2 1.6 – 2.4
Travel accelerator
3 1.5 – 5
lever
No load pressure
• Check one circuit at a time 16 15 – 17
(unloading) • All levers at HOLD
• Relieve pump outlet pressure
PC14R 183 178 – 193
Boom:
PC16R 206 201 – 216
PC14R 183 178 – 193
Arm:
PC16R 206 201 – 216
PC14R 183 178 – 193
Bucket
PC16R 206 201 – 216
Circuit pressure
PC14R 147 137 – 157

Swing • Engine speed: max.
bar
• Oil temperature 45 – 55°C PC16R 150 140 – 160
• Check one circuit at a time
• Relieve pump outlet pressure PC14R 183 178 – 193
Boom swing
PC16R 206 201 – 216
Variable gauge PC14R 183 178 – 193

blade PC16R 206 201 – 216
PC14R 183 178 – 193
Travel
PC16R 206 201 – 216
Servocontrols 33 31.5 – 36
• Take two readings with all levers in

LS differential
neutral and the engine at MIN and PC14R 14 12 – 16
pressure MAX
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-5


cation value value
Measuring posture: see B

• No load in bucket PC14R-3: 35 PC14R-3: 31 – 38
Time taken to swing • Engine speed: max.
sec.
right and left • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C
PC16R-3: 34 PC16R-3: 32 – 38
• Make one turn to settle machine
• Measure the time taken to make 5 full swings.
Measuring posture: see C

• Bucket load: 74 kg
• Engine stopped
• Oil temperature 45 – 55°C mm
Swing
Hydraulic drift of 359.5

• Stop machine on a 15° slope with boom at 45° (degre –
swing (Max. 90°)
in relation to machine axis. e)
• On the outer swing circle, mark the position
between revolving frame and track frame.
• After 15 minutes measure the drift.

Internal leakage from • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C cm³/
600 Max. 1000
swing motor • Swing lock: engaged min.
• Pressurize circuit.
PC14R-3: PC14R-3:
36.0 32.4 – 39.6
Standard
(36.0) (32.4 – 39.6)

Measuring posture: see D
PC16R-3: PC16R-3:
32.7 29.4 – 36.0
(34.3) (30.9 – 37.7)
• On flat ground.
Travel speed sec.
• Travel for at least 10 metres and then
With increment
check on the time needed to cover 20

metres. PC16R-3: PC16R-3:
• ( ): for steel shoe 17.1 15.4 – 18.8
(17.6) (15.8 – 19.4)
Travel
Standard
Max. 500 –
Measuring posture: see E
Travel deviation • Travel 20 metres on flat ground and mm
measure the deviation.
With increment
• The surface must be firm and

horizontal.
Max. 500 –
20-6 PC14R-3 PC16R-3


cation value value
Measuring posture: see F
Hydraulic drift of travel • Engine: switched off
• Oil temperature 45 – 55°C mm 200 Max. 240
motors
• Machine parked on sloping ground.
Travel
• Measure the drift after 5 minutes

cm³/
Leakage of travel motor • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C 75 Max. 90
• Lock shoe
min.
Total work equipment

(Downward
Max. 300 –
movement of tips of
bucket teeth)
Measuring posture: see G.

Boom cylinder. • Bucket load: 74 kg
Max. 30 –
(Retraction) • In this position, measure extension or retraction of
each cylinder, and any leakages occurring when a
load is applied to the tips of the bucket teeth.
• Horizontal and level ground
• Levers: neutral
Hydraulic drift of working equipment
• Engine: switched off

Arm cylinder: • Take measurements as soon as the engine Max. 30 –
(Extension) stops. Measure the variations every 5 minutes
and check the total variation after 15 mins.
Hydraulic drift
mm
Bucket cylinder
Max. 30 –
(Retraction)
Measuring posture: see C.

• Bucket load: 74 kg
• Engine: switched off
Boom swing Max. 20 –
• In the same position as above, stop the machine
on a 15º slope and position the revolving frame at
135º. Measure the extension and retraction of
the cylinder after 15 minutes.
Measuring posture: see M.

Blade (measure the • Engine stopped
downward • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C
Max. 30 –
m o v e m e n t o f t h e • Raise the blade to its maximum height and
edge of the blade) measure the height of the edge from the ground.
Measure the downward after 15 mins.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-7


cation value value
Boom speed
Bucket teeth Lifting 2 1.8 – 2.2
Measuring posture:
to ground
see H.
Cylinder Downward 2 1.8 – 2.2
fully extended
Arm speed
Cylinder Closed 2.5 2.25 – 2.75
fully Measuring posture:
retracted see J.
Cylinder Open 2.2 1.98 – 2.42
fully
Hydraulic drift of working equipment
extended
Bucket speed
Working equipment
Cylinder Dump 2.2 1.98 – 2.42

retracted see K.
sec.
Cylinder Curl 1.7 1.53 – 1.87
fully
extended
Boom swing
Cylinder Left 5 3.5 – 6.5
retracted see L.
Cylinder Right 5 3.5 – 6.5
fully
extended
Blade speed Lifting 1 0.7 – 1.3

Blade on the ground Measuring posture:
see M
Blade raised • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C
to max. height Downward 1 0.7 – 1.3
20-8 PC14R-3 PC16R-3


cation value value
Measuring posture: see . N

• Engine speed: low idling
Boom: • With the work equipment fully extended, lower Max. 1
the boom and measure the time taken to raise
the machine from when the bucket reaches the
ground.
Measuring posture: see . P

• Bring the boom into a horizontal position.
Arm: Max. 1
Retract the arm cylinder completely and then
extend it. Measure the time elapsing from when
the arm stops at dead centre until it starts to
Time lags
move again.
sec.
Measuring posture: see Q
Working equipment

• Bring the boom into a horizontal position.
Bucket Max. 1
Retract the bucket cylinder completely, then
extend it. Measure the time elapsing from when
the bucket stops at dead centre until it starts to
move again.
Measuring posture: see R

Blade Max. 1
• Raise the blade to its max. height, then lower it.
Measure the time that it takes to raise the
machine after the blade touches the ground
Inner leaks
Inner leak • Oil temperature 45 – 55°C

cc/
in each • Engine speed: maximum 2 Max. 5
min.
cylinder • Operate the circuit to be checked
Pump See section "PUMP FEATURES PC14R-3" and

features "PUMP FEATURES PC16R-3"
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-9

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS PUMP FEATURES PC14R-3
PUMP FEATURES PC14R-3

PUMP "1" (Main)
Standard value for Service limit
standard machine value

Discharge of gear
• Engine speed: 2600 rpm l/min. 21.198 24.36
pump
• Measure at set pressure of relief valve
PUMP "2" (Servocontrols)

new machine value
Discharge of gear
pump
• Measure at set pressure of relief valve
20-10 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS PUMP FEATURES PC16R-3
PUMP FEATURES PC16R-3

PUMP "2"
new machine value

Discharge of
gear pump • Measure at set pressure of relief valve
PISTON PUMP “1”

Flow rate at Standard
Check
Check item Test Condition pressure discharge
point
(bar) (ᐉ/min)
Delivery • Engine speed: 2600 rpm Q
Each point P
piston pump a Inspect at points that are away from any variation (See diagram)
in trend of curve.
50
40
Pump delivery Q (ᐍ/min)
30
20
10
0
0 4.9 9.8 14.7 19.6 24.5
(50) (100) (150) (200) (250)
Pump discharge pressure P (MPa (kg/cm2 ) RKP14520
k When measuring deliveries with the pumps mounted on the machine, it is difficult to use the accelerator to
reach the precise number of revs needed for this test.
Make delivery measurements with the engine running at about 2600 RPM and then make a proportional
calculation to obtain the useful delivery check value.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-11

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECK POSITIONS
CHECK POSITIONS
Fig. A Fig. B
a b
RKP15430
RKP15420
Fig. C Fig. D
45¡
45¡
15¡
RKP14550 RKP14560
20-12 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Fig. E Fig. F
20m
10m
30¡
RKP14570 RKP14580
Fig. G Fig. H
RKP14590 RKP14600
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-13

Fig. J Fig. K
RKP14610 RKP14620
Fig. L Fig. M
RKP14630 RKP14640
20-14 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Fig. N Fig. P
RKP14650 RKP14660
Fig. Q Fig. R
RKP14670 RKP14680
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-15

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
Measurement check
Symbol Codes Name Q.ty Remarks
points
Commercially
Valve clearance A 1 Feeler gauge 1
available
Scale 70 kg/cm2
1 795-502-1590 Compression detector 1
(6.9 MPa)
Compression
B
pressure 2 795-111-1120 Adapter 1
For 3D67E-1A
3 795-101-1571 Compression gauge tap 1
Commercially
Engine speed C 1 Multi-scale tachometer 1 20 -4000 rpm
available
1 799-201-9001 Probe 1
Exhaust gas opacity D Index Bosch 0–9
Commercially
2 Instrument 1
available
Commercially
Hydraulic pressure E 1 Compression gauge – 10-25-60-400-600 bar
available
Digital compression gauge

1 – 1
and transducers
Pressure, temperature,
2 – Stroboscopic tachometer 1
speed, capacity F
(kit codes 878000473)
3 – Temperature sensor 1
4 – Delivery measuring turbine 1
Clearance of swing circle Commercially

G 1 Dial gauge 1
bearings available
20-16 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING ENGINE SPEED
TESTING ENGINE SPEED

k When checking motor rotation speed, be careful not to
touch very hot parts and not to get caught in rotating
parts
a Check speed under the following conditions:

• Engine cooling water temperature:
68–80 °C.
• Hydraulic oil temperature: 45–55 °C.
1 -Raise floor (1) and engage lock pin. (For details, see
"HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR
CABIN)").
1
RKPC4700
2 -Install and connect speedometer C1.
C1
RKPB7710
3 -Lower floor and take the operator's seat.

C1
RKPC6710
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-17

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING ENGINE SPEED
4 -Start engine and check the following:

MAX.
• Low idling without load (accelerator lever at min.).
MIN.
• High idling without load (accelerator lever at max.).
a Low idling:
PC14R-3: 1375±50 rpm
PC16R-3: 1375±50 rpm
a High idling:
PC14R-3: 2780±50 rpm
PC16R-3: 2780±50 rpm
a If minimum and maximum engine speeds with no RKPC4710
load are not within specifications, check the

accelerator lever position retainers and the
accelerator cable conduit before attempting the
tests under load.
(For details, see "ADJUSTING FUEL CONTROL
LEVER LINKAGE").
• Rotation speed with pumps in load condition.
a Max. speed with pump P1 in load condition:

PC14R-3: 2675±50 rpm
PC16R-3: 2675±50 rpm
a Max. speed with pump P1 and P2in load condition:

PC14R-3: 2660±80 rpm
PC16R-3: 2690±560 rpm
a If engine efficiency does not fall within permissible

limits, have the engine checked by an authorized
workshop.
20-18 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASUREMENT OF EXHAUST GAS COLOR
MEASUREMENT OF EXHAUST GAS COLOR

a Measurement of exhaust gas color under the following
condition.
Coolant temperature: Within operating range
k Be careful not to touch the highly heated parts, while

fitting and detaching a measurement tool.
a If no compressed air or power is not available in the field,

use handy smoke checker D1. For recording official
data, use smoke meter D2.
1. Measurement with handy smoke checker D1

1 -Fit a filtering paper to handy smoke checker D1.
2 -Insert the exhaust gas intake pipe into the exhaust pipe.
3 -Start the engine. D1

4 -Accelerate the engine suddenly or run it at high idling
and operate the handle of smoke checker D1 so that the
filter paper will absorb the exhaust gas.
5 -Remove the filter paper and compare it with the attached

scale. RKPB7750
6 -After finishing measurement, remove the measuring

instruments and return the removed parts.
2. Measurement with smoke meter D2

1 -Insert probe “A” of the smoke meter into the exhaust gas
pipe (1) outlet, and fasten it to the outlet with a clip.
A
1
RKPB7740
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-19

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASUREMENT OF EXHAUST GAS COLOR
2 - Connect the probe hose and air hose to the smoke

meter D2.
D2
a Keep the pressure of the supplied compressed air
below 1.5 MPa (15 kg/cm2).
3 -Connect the power cable to AC socket.
a Confirm that the smoke meter power switch is in the

OFF position, before connecting the power cable to
an outlet.
4 -Fit a filtering paper by loosening the suction pump cap

nut. RKP14230
a Fit the filtering paper securely so that air may not

leak.
5 -Move the smoke meter power switch to the ON position.
6 -Accelerate the engine suddenly or run it at high idling

and press the accelerator pedal of smoke meter D2 and
collect the exhaust gas into the filter paper.
7 -Put the polluted filtering paper on non-polluted filtering

paper (more than 10 sheets) in the filtering paper holder,
and read the indicated value.
8 -After finishing measurement, remove the measuring

instruments and return the removed parts.
20-20 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE

k Carry out the valve clearance adjustment procedure on
a cold engine.
k Cylinder numbering begins on the fan side.

1 -Raise floor and engage lock pin. (For details, see "HOW
TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CABIN)").
RKPC4701
2 -Remove the valve cover (1) and flywheel inspection

plug.
RKPB7760
3 -Rotate the flywheel (2) in the normal direction of rotation

to align the “1TC” index marking to the reference tab (3)
that is visible in the inspection hole.
a Ensure that cylinder No. 1 is in compression – i.e.,

there must be clearance between both rocker arms
and the valves.
If this condition does not occur, rotate the driving
shaft by one complete turn in the normal direction of
operation and re-align the “1TC” index marking to 3
the reference tab (3).
RKPC0350
4 -While the No. 1 cylinder is at the compression top dead

center, adjust the valve clearances marked with q in the
valve arrangement drawing according to the following
procedure
RKP15160
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-21

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE
5 -Loosen nut (5) and introduce the feeler gauge A1

between the rocker arm (4) and the valve (6). 7
Turn the adjusting screw (7) until it rubs against the 4
feeler gauge A1.
Lock into position with the nut (5). 5 A1
3 Locking nut: 9.8 -11.3 Nm
6 -Check valve clearance again. 6
a Valve clearance (suction and exhaust):
0.145–0.185 mm
RKP14250
7 -Rotate the flywheel (2) in the normal direction of rotation

by 360° and align the “1TC” index marking to the
reference tab (3).
8 -Adjust the valves marked with an O in the drawing.
RKPC0350
9 -Reinstall the inspection plug and valve cover (1).
3 Valve cover screws: 4.9 Nm
RKPB7760
20-22 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE

k When checking compression pressure, be very careful
not to touch scorching hot parts and not to get caught in
rotating parts.
a Check compression pressure when the engine oil 1

reaches 40–60°C.
1 -Adjust the valve clearance.
2 -Prepare for testing the engine speed.
a See the relevant sections for details.

3 -Open the cooling cover and close the valve of fuel filter
RKPB7800
(1).
4 -Disconnect connector (2) of the engine stop solenoid.
5 -Remove the injector (3) from the cylinder concerned.
6 -Install the adapter B2 and plug in the compression 2

gauge B1.
3 Adapter: 58.8 Nm
k If you have removed the air cleaner assembly for ease,

make sure you install it before starting the test. 3
7 -Ensure that the engine stop lever is in the STOP

position.
RKPB7780
8 -Crank the engine with the starting motor and test the
compression pressure.
a Ensure that the engine will run steadily at 200–300

rpm.
9 -Repeat the test on all cylinders.

B3
a If compression value is below the allowable
threshold, plunge the cylinder (through the injector B2 B1
port) into a small quantity of oil, and then repeat the
test.
a If compression pressure is lower than the allowable

threshold, check in sequence: valve stem
clearance, head gasket and head.
RKPB7790
a If compression pressure increases when oil is

added, check piston rings and pistons.
a The allowable compression variation between

cylinders is less than 10%.
10 -When measurements are complete, restore normal

engine conditions.
3 Injector: 58.8 Nm
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-23

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
CHECKING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

a Check engine oil pressure when the coolant
temperature is within the operating range (70-85°C).
RKPC4701
2 -Remove pressure switch (1)
RKPB8080
3 -Install adapter [1] of hydraulic tester E1 and pull the oil

pressure test hose out of the revolving frame
E1
RKPB7810
4 -Lower floor and take the operator's seat.
5 -Start the engine and check to ensure that the engine oil E1
pressure at MIN. and MAX. RPM is within the specified
values.
(For details, see "MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND
COMPONENTS").
6 -Reinstall the compression gauge (1).
3 Compression gauge: 15 -19 Nm
RKPC6711
20-24 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING

a After the fuel injection pump is replaced or repaired, test
and adjust the fuel injection timing according to the
following procedure.
a Before testing and adjusting the fuel injection timing,

bleed air from the fuel circuit.
Test
RKPC4701
2 -Remove 3 fuel injection pipes (1).
a If you remove the air cleaner assembly temporarily, 1

you can work easily.
3 -Set the fuel control lever in the high idle position.
a Keep the fuel control lever in this position during the

test. Rotate the crankshaft forward slowly.
RKPB7830
4 -Rotate the drive shaft forward; when fuel flows out of No.
1 cylinder fitting (a) of fuel injection pump (2), stop the
rotation. a
a Rotate the crankshaft with the crank pulley
mounting bolt.
a When fuel has flown out, clean the fitting ready for 2
the next check.
RKPB7840
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-25

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FUEL INJECTION TIMING
5 -Rotate the crankshaft slowly from this position about 1.5

turns.
b
6 -Slowly rotate the crankshaft forward; when fuel starts
rising to the end of No. 1 delivery holder hole (a) of fuel
c
injection pump (2), stop crankshaft rotation. b
7 -Watch through the inspection hole of the flywheel
housing and check that injection timing stamped line (b)
on the flywheel is matched to stamped line (c) in the
a
housing.
a If you cannot see stamped line (c) easily, check the
position of stamped line (b) by the projection in the
RKPC0361
inspection hole.
8 -After finishing testing, return the removed parts.
3 Fuel injection pipe sleeve nut:

24.5 – 34.3 Nm (2.5 – 3.5 kgm)
a If the fuel injection timing is abnormal, adjust it
before connecting the fuel injection pipe.
Adjusting
a If fuel injection timing is abnormal, adjust fuel injection
timing as follows:
1 -Remove fuel injection pump (2) and check the thickness
of shim (3).
2 -Adjust the fuel injection timing by increasing or
decreasing the thickness of shim (3).
a If the fuel injection timing is: 2
• early: increase the shim thickness.
• late: decrease the shim thickness
a If the shim thickness is 0.20 mm, the fuel injection 3
timing changes about 2°.
a The thickness of each shim is indicated by the
number of the identification hole.
• 0.20 mm shim: 2 identification holes
• 0.25 mm shim: 1 identification hole RKP14270
• 0.30 mm shim: No identification hole
3 -Set selected shim and install fuel injection pump (2).
a Thinly apply gasket sealant to both sides of the

shim.
2 Sealant: Loctite 510

3 Fuel injection pump mounting bolt/nut:
9.8 – 11.3 Nm (1.0 – 1.15 kgm)
4 -After finishing adjusting, check that the fuel injection
timing is normal according to the above testing
procedure.
0.20 mm 0.25 mm 0.30 mm

RKP14280
20-26 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING ENGINE STOP SOLENOID
ADJUSTING ENGINE STOP SOLENOID

a After the engine stop solenoid is removed and installed,
RUN
adjust it according to the following procedure.
Function
• The engine stop solenoid is a push-type solenoid which
is normally energized (during operation) and which has
a suction coil and a holding coil.
STOP
• When the starting switch is turned ON, both of the
suction coil and holding coil are energized; After s set
time (about 1.5-2.5 second), the suction coil is de-
energized.
RKP14290
• The following figure shows the operating condition of the

solenoid.
RUN:
While the engine is operated (the power is applied), the
rod is extracted..
STOP:
While the engine is stopped (the power is not applied),
the rod is retracted.
Adjusting
a Adjust the engine stop solenoid with the starting switch
OFF.
1 -Insert hook (1) of the solenoid in the “U”-groove of stop

lever (2) and tighten mounting bolts (3) temporarily.
2 -Move stop lever (2) toward the RUN position with the
hand to extract rod (4) of the solenoid. 2 4
3 -Keep stop lever (2) in contact with stopper (5), tighten 2
mounting bolts (3) permanently.
RUN
a The following figure shows the stop lever pulled fully
toward the RUN position and in contact with the 6
stopper (5). STOP
3 Screws: 9.8 – 11.3 Nm (1.0 – 1.15 kgm)

3
4 -After tightening the bolts (3), push the rear end of 5 1
bellows (6) and check that rod (4) and stop lever (2) RKP14300
move smoothly.
5 -After finishing adjusting, start and stop the engine to
check that the solenoid operates normally. 2
Inspections to be carried out during testing

• Ensure that the hook (1) is not forcing on the lever (2)
when the device is activated.
• If stem travel is insufficient or tends to decrease causing

the engine to stop, the stem will retract completely
because there will be no effect from the holding coil.
1
RKP14310
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-27

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT

a Bleed air from the entire fuel circuit every time a
component is removed from the fuel circuit,
1 -Fill the fuel tank with the fuel.

1
2 -Check that the fuel filter valve is at the OPEN position.
3 -Turn the starting switch to the ON position and keep it

there for 10 – 15 seconds, and then return it to the OFF
position.
a The air in the fuel circuit is bled automatically by the

above operation.
RKPB7800
20-28 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT TENSION

Test
1 -Press the center of the belt between the crank pulley and
fan pulley with your finger and measure the deflection of
the belt.
• Force to press belt for adjustment: Approx. 10 kg
• Deflection: 9 – 13 mm
a If belt deflection is not within the above specified

values, adjust.
RKP14320
Adjusting
2 -Put a bar between alternator (1) and cylinder block and

fix alternator.
a Put a piece of wood between the bar and alternator

to protect the alternator.
RKPC4701
3 -Loosen adjustment bolt (2) and mounting bolt (3).
4 -Move alternator (1) to adjust the belt tension.

• Force to press belt for adjustment: approx 10 kg 2
• Deflection: Approx. 7 – 10 mm
5 -Tighten adjustment bolt (2) and mounting bolt (3).
a Ensure that pulleys and belt contact areas are

undamaged.
1
a If the V-belt is so lengthened that the adjustment
allowance is eliminated or it has a cut or a crack, 3
replace it. RKPC0210
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-29

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING FUEL CONTROL LEVER LINKAGE
ADJUSTING FUEL CONTROL LEVER LINKAGE

1. Adjusting low idling High
Low
1 -Tilt fuel control lever (1) forward until it reaches stopper
(2) on the low idling side.
2 -With the lever in this position, adjust the screw (3) on the 1
injection pump until a normal MIN. speed is reached.
2
RKP14340
2. Adjusting high idling

1 -Tilt fuel control lever (1) backward until governor lever
(4) of the fuel injection pump reaches screw (5) on the
high idling side.
3
2 -Under this condition, tighten stopper bolt (6) until it
reaches fuel control lever (1), and then return the
stopper bolt by 1/2 turn and fix it with the locknut. 5
a Screw (5) on the high idling side of the fuel injection
pump is not adjustable. 4
If the high idling speed or power is still low even
RKP14350
when the governor lever reaches the screw on the
high idling side, check the nozzle holder, etc.
20-30 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCE IN SWING CIRCLE BEARINGS
MEASUREMENT OF CLEARANCE IN SWING CIRCLE BEARINGS

k Be careful not to put a hand or foot under the
undercarriage, while taking measurement.
1 -Fix dial gauge G1 to the track frame and apply the probe
to the underside of outer race perpendicularly.
a Set dial gauge at the track frame rear.

1
G1
RKPB7850
2 -Fully extend the equipment and lift the bucket teeth to

reach the lower level of the revolving frame; rotate by
180°.
a At this time, the front side of the upper structure rises

and the front side lowers.
3 -Under this condition, set dial gauge G1 to the zero point.
RKP14360
4 -Hold the arm nearly perpendicular to the ground,

and lower the boom until the track shoes will be lifted at
the work equipment.
a The upper structure is raised at the front and

lowered at the rear at that time.
5 -Read off the value in dial gauge G1 in this condition.
a The measured value is the clearance in swing circle 150-200mm

bearing.
6 -Return the machine to the posture in Item 2 above, and

confirm reading of dial gauge G1 is zero. RKP14370
a If zero value is not indicated, repeat the steps in

Items 3 through 5.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-31

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK SHOE TENSION
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK SHOE TENSION

Test
a Perform the test on both tracks. A a
1 - Run the engine at low idling and move the machine by
the length of track on ground, then stop slowly.
2 -Slowly stop the machine.
Place bar “A” on the track shoe between the idler and the
shoe plate.
a As bar “A”, use an L-shape steel, etc. which will be
deflected less.
3 -Measure maximum clearance (a) between bar “A” and
track shoe. RKP14380
• Standard maximum clearance:

steel shoe specification: 5 – 15 mm
rubber shoe specification: 1 – 3 mm
Adjusting
1. To heighten tension
1 -Supply grease throungh grease fitting (1).
2 -To check that tension is normal, start and run the engine
at low idling andmove the machine forward by the length
of track on ground, then stop slowly.
3 -When adjustment is complete, carry out the following

check under a normal tension condition. 1
2
a When steel shoe is installed. RKPB8720
You may supply grease until distance “b” between

the idler guide and track frame end is 0 mm.
You may supply grease until distance (b) between
the idler guide and track frame end is 0 mm. If the
tension is still low, the pin and bushing are worn
excessively. In this case, turn over for 180° or
replace the pin and bushing.
2. To lower tension
1 -Loosen valve (2) to discharge the grease.
k Do not loosen the valve by more than one turn. The

track-tensioning cylinder contains pressurized
grease, which may cause serious injury.
a If grease is hard to come out, move vehicle forward

and rearward slowly.
2 -Tighten the valve and check track tension using the

b
procedure described in paragraph 1.
RKP14400
20-32 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL AND REGULATION OF PRESSURE IN THE HYDRAULIC
CONTROL AND REGULATION OF PRESSURE IN THE HYDRAULIC

CIRCUITS
TEST
a Test Condition k After having connected the pressure gauges,
• Engine: at working temperature. pressurise the tank.
• MIN and MAX. engine speeds: within For details, see "5. Pressurisation of the tank".
permissible limits
• Hydraulic oil: 45–55 °C.
k Before removing the caps to measure the pressure,

release the residual pressure from the circuits (For
details see "1. Eliminating residual pressure from
the hydraulic oil tank") and put the safety device
engagement levers into their locked position.
Elements
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
To servocontrols
B
Diesel A
P2 Cooler
P1 RKPB7860
General valve
Hydraulic oil tank

Exhaust filter
Suction filter
• The control valve consists of the spools that command:
Command Ports
Arm (Close - Open) A1 - B1
Swing (Left -Right) A2 - B2
Travel motor to the left (Backwards - Forwards) A3 - B3
Engine travel to the right (Backwards - Forwards) A4 - B4
Boom (Lower - Raise) A5 - B5
Bucket (Curl - Dump) A6 - B6
Blade (Raise - Lower) A7 - B7
Boom swing (Right - Left) A8 - B8
Hammer (Throw) B9
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-33

1. Preparing the vehicle

2 -Open the door (1) to the battery compartment.

1
a Release all residual pressure
(For details, see "ELIMINATING RESIDUAL
PRESSURE FROM THE HYDRAULIC
CIRCUITS").
RKPC4702
3 -Remove the plug (2) of the rear delivery of pump P1 (3).
2 2
3
RKPB7870
4 -Connect the digital pressure gaugeF1 or, alternatively,

the 400 bar pressure gauge E1.
F1
5 -Close the floor and pressurize the tank.
(for details, see "5. Pressurisation of the tank").
k All checks must be performed with the operator in

the driver's seat.
RKPB7880
2. Checking the unloading pressure

1 -Start the engine.
F1
2 -With all control levers and pedals in neutral position, run

the engine at high idling (MAX.) and measure the
pressure.
a Unload pressure: 15±1 bar
RKPC6720
20-34 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

3. Checking the pressure in the actuator

circuits
(boom, arm, bucket, boom swing, blade)
a The pressures measured in these circuits correspond to
the pressure setting of the control valve's general valve.
a The variable gauge circuit check is performed with the

blade control after selecting the movement.
1 -Start the engine and move the cylinder to end of stroke

while checking.
2 -Run engine at high idling, operate cylinder to end of

stroke and measure the pressure.
a Unload pressure: PC14R-3: 183 +– 10

5 bar
+ 10
PC16R-3: 206 –5 bar
4. Checking the pressure of the revolving

frame circuit
1 -Engage the rotation locking pin (1).
2 -Run engine at high idling, have the revolving frame

perform a revolution in either direction while at same
time pushing the PPC valve to end of travel and
measure the pressure.
1
3 -Repeat the above procedure in the other direction.

5 bar
RKPC0220
PC16R-3: 150±10 bar
5. Checking the pressure of the travel motor

circuits
1 -Start the engine; lock the travel assembly on the side to A
be checked by introducing a bar “A” between the drive
wheel and the frame.
2 -Run engine at high idling, operate the travel lever of the
locked motor to end of stroke and measure the pressure.

5 bar
+ 10
PC16R-3: 206 –5 bar
RKPB7890
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-35

ADJUSTING
1. Adjusting the unloading pressure

a Unloading pressure is fixed pressure that cannot be
adjusted. If pressure is not within the standard values,
then the valve (1) needs replacing.
1
RKPB7900
2. Adjusting travel and equipment pressure

k Prepare the machine for adjustment as described in the
pressure checking procedure.
2 -Remove the tamper seal (1) (yellow).
3 -Loosen the retaining nut (2).
4 -Adjust maximum pressure by means of the screw (3).

• To INCREASE pressure, rotate CLOCKWISE. RKPC4701
• To DECREASE pressure, rotate COUNTER-

CLOCKWISE.
5 -Lock into position with the nut (2).
3 Nut: 50 + 10 Nm
0
6 -Run a final check and install a new tamper seal (1)

(orange).
1
RKPB7910
3
RKP15180
20-36 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING SERVO-CONTROL PRESSURE
CHECKING SERVO-CONTROL PRESSURE

a This checking procedure is performed in two
sequences:
a - Testing the relief valve of the solenoid valves
controlling the servo-controls and travel speed 1
increase.
b - Checking pump P2 for damage.
Open the battery compartment (1).
RKPC4702
a Release all residual pressure from the servo-control

circuit.
PRESSURE FROM THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS").
F1
2 -Remove the plug (2) and connect the digital pressure
gaugeF1 or, alternatively, the 60 bar pressure gauge
E1.
RKPB7930
3 -Close the floor and, with the operator in the driver's seat
and all the controls in neutral position, start the engine. F1
4 -Measure the servo-controls feed pressure with the
engine at low and at high idling.
a Normal pressure: 33 +– 31.5 bar
RKPC6720
5 -Stop engine and release all residual pressure from the

servo-control circuit by moving all levers several times in
all directions.
k If pressure is greater than normal, replace solenoid

valves (3).
If pressure is lower than normal, check pump P2. 3
6 -Disconnect pressure gaugeF1 or E1 and reinstall the

plug removed in step 2.
RKPB7920
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-37

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING SERVO-CONTROL PRESSURE
7 -Remove the plug (1) from the delivery line of pumpP2

(4).
4
4
P2
RKPB7871
8 -Connect the digital pressure gaugeF1 or, alternatively,

the 60 bar pressure gauge E1.
F1
RKPB7940
9 -Close the floor and, with the operator in the driver's seat,
start and run the engine at low idling and check the F1
delivery pressure of pump P2 with all controls in neutral
position.
10 -Repeat the test with the engine at high idling.
a Minimum pressure: 31.5 bar
k If pressure is equivalent to or lower than the pressure

measured in step 4, the pump is faulty.
11 -Stop the engine and release all residual pressure from

the servo-control circuit. RKPC6720
20-38 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING LS PRESSURE
CHECKING LS PRESSURE
k This check should be performed with hydraulic oil at 45-

55°C and with the engine high idling and low idling RPM
within the specified values.
1
Open the battery compartment (1).
2 -Release residual pressure from all circuits.

PRESSURE FROM THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS"). RKPC4702
3 -Disconnect the LS hose (2) and install a connection (3)

for the pressure gauge; reconnect the hose (2).
2
RKPB7950
4 -Remove the plug (4) of the rear delivery of pump P1 (5).
5 -Connect the digital pressure gauge F1 to the pump (5) 4 F1

and to the fitting (3) on the LS line.
RKPC0240
a As an alternative to the digital pressure gauge, you may

use the 400 bar E1 pressure gauge, taking two separate
readings with the pressure gauge and then calculating F1
the difference between the readings:
LS differential pressure = pump pressure – LS pressure 3
2
RKPB7960
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-39

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING LS PRESSURE
k All the checks listed below must be performed with the

operator in the driver's seat. F1
6 -Pressurize the tank.
(For details, see "5. Pressurisation of the tank").
7 -With the engine running at low idling, measure the

differential pressure; run the engine to high idling and
measure the differential pressure.
a LS differential pressure: 14±2 bar
k Pressure cannot be adjusted; if the readings are

not within the specified parameters, replace the LS RKPC6720
valve.
8 -Stop the engine, release all residual pressure,

disconnect the pressure gauge F1 and revert to normal
vehicle conditions.
20-40 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING PPC VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTING PPC VALVE CLEARANCE

a If the play of the left or right work equipment control lever
is excessive, adjust it according to the following 3
procedure.
1 -Remove the PPC valve (1) assembly.

2
2 -Loosen the nut (2) and remove the handle (3) and boot
collar (4).
RKPC4720
3 -Loosen and remove disc (5) and change spacer shim (6)
until the disc rests on all heads of pistons (7).
2 Handle: Loctite 262

3 Handle nut: 40 Nm
3
a Keep handle orientation unchanged while
tightening.
3 Disc: 50 Nm
2
5
6
RKPC6730
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-41

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING FOR LEAKAGE INSIDE THE CYLINDERS
CHECKING FOR LEAKAGE INSIDE THE CYLINDERS

a Permitted leakage in all cylinders is 2–5 cm3/min.
If greater, recondition the affected cylinder.
1. Checking boom cylinder for leakage

1 -Start the engine, fully raise the boom and stop the
engine.
2 -Release all residual pressure from the boom cylinder

circuit.
(For details, see"2. Eliminating residual pressure from
hydraulic cylinders").
3 -Disconnect the hose (1) on cylinder head side (2) and
secure it to the structure.
4 -Start and run the engine at high idling and move PPC
valve to end of stroke to raise the boom.
2
5 -Continue measuring leakage (in the hose on the
cylinder head side) for 1 minute, starting 30 seconds
after the start of pressurization.
1
RKPB8001
2. Checking arm cylinder for leakage

2
1 -Curl the bucket, start the engine, fully retract the arm and
stop the engine.
2 -Release all residual pressure from the arm cylinder

circuit.
hydraulic cylinders"). 1

4 -Start and run the engine at high idling and move PPC RKPC4730
valve to end of stroke to retract the arm.

20-42 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

3. Checking the bucket cylinder for leakage

1
1 -Start the engine, fully curl the bucket, rest it on the
ground and stop the engine.
2 -Release all residual pressure from the bucket cylinder

circuit.
hydraulic cylinders"). 2
4 -Start and run the engine at high idling and move PPC RKPB8020
valve to end of stroke to curl the bucket.

4. Checking boom swing cylinder for leakage

1 -Start the engine, swing the boom leftward to end of 1
travel and stop the engine.
2 -Release all residual pressure from the boom swing

cylinder circuit.
hydraulic cylinders").
3 -Remove the RH side panel (1) from the revolving frame.

secure it to the structure. RKPC6750
5 -Start and run the engine at high idling and push boom left
swing pedal to the floor.
2
RKPB9510
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-43

5. Checking blade cylinder for leakage

1 -Start the engine, lay the back of the bucket against the
ground while keeping the arm upright on the blade side.
2 -Force the boom to lift the tracks; place some blocks “A”
under the tracks.
a The blocks should be high enough to keep the blade 1

(1) off the ground when the blade is fully lowered.
3 -Fully lower the blade (1) and stop the engine. A

4 -Release all residual pressure from the blade cylinder RKPC6740
circuit. (For details, see "2. Eliminating residual

pressure from hydraulic cylinders").

6 -Start and run the engine at high idling and move the
blade-down control to end of stroke.
7 -Continue measuring leakage (in the hose on the 2

after the start of pressurization. 3
6. Checking inside the revolving frame motor

for leakage RKPB8050
a Test conditions:
• Engine: at working temperature.
• Hydraulic oil: 45–55 °C.
• Revolving frame: Locked with anti rotation pin
1 -Disconnect the drain hose (1) at the motor (2) and plug.
2 -Connect a temporary hose to drain and collect the oil.

1
3 -Start and run the engine at high idling. 2
4 -Ensure that the revolving frame is locked and push the
rotation control lever all the way.
5 -Hold in this position for 15 seconds, then measure

RKPB8060
leakage for one minute.
6 -Slow engine down to low idling and then repeat the

measurement procedure in the other direction.
B
7 -Ensure that the average between the two A
measurements is within the normal value (For details,
see "MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND 1
COMPONENTS").
8 -Return the hydraulic drain circuit to the original

condition.
RKP15320
20-44 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS METHODS FOR TESTING FOR LEAKAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL
METHODS FOR TESTING FOR LEAKAGES INSIDE THE SWIVEL

JOINT
a Test conditions: PC14R-3
• Hydraulic oil: 45–55 °C
1. Functionality test
1 -When a lower actuator (blade, travel motor, travel
increment) is found to be defective, one of the possible
causes of failure is the swivel joint.
2 -In order to ascertain the cause of the defect it is sufficient

to by-pass the joint by connecting (using a length of
additional tubing) the input and output tubes of the joint
of the line to be checked. F
If this corrects the defect, it is certainly due to the swivel
joint. E
If the defect persists, it can be ascribed to other causes,
but definitely not to the swivel joint. D
C
2. Looking for a defective seal A
k These controls are to be carried out only on those lines

subjected to working pressures. The drainage line is
RKP14980
therefore not included in these tests.
The test method consists of pressurising the line to be

checked and measuring any leakages from the adjacent
lines according to the following tables:
TABLE A
Sym. Line to be controlled (under pressure) Adjacent line (possible leakages) Sym.
Travel motor to the left - Reverse B
A Travel motor to the right - Reverse
External loss (visible) –
Travel motor to the right - Forward C
B Travel motor to the left - Reverse
Travel motor to the right - Reverse A
Travel motor to the left - Forward D
C Travel motor to the right - Forward
Blade cylinder, head side - Rise E
D Travel motor to the left - Forward
Blade cylinder, base side - Descent F
E Blade cylinder, head side - Rise
F Blade cylinder, base side - Descent
k The symbols correspond to the symbols stamped onto

the input and output ports of the swivel joint.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-45

PC14R-3 (with travel increment) - PC16R-3
G
F
B
A
RKP15070
TABLE B
Motor drain –
– –
G Travel motor drain
– –
H Travel increment
Travel motor drain G
20-46 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

PC14R-3 HS - PC16R-3 HS
I
J
G
H
E
F
C
D
A
B
RKP15110
TABLE C
Motor drain G
Track-gauge change cylinder - head end H
G Track-gauge change cylinder - base end
Blade cylinder, head side - Descent F
Drain I
H Track-gauge change cylinder - head end
Track-gauge change cylinder - head end G
Travel increment J
I Travel motor drain
Track-gauge change cylinder - head end H
J Travel increment
Drain I
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-47

PC14R-3
3. Preparing to check:
q Travel motor
q Travel increment
1 -Release all residual hydraulic pressure. (For details,

see "ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM
THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS"). 1
2 -Disconnect the hose (2) corresponding to the line to be 2

checked at the travel motor (1) and plug tightly; also plug
the motor to prevent contamination.
RKPA0152
PC14R-3 (with increment) - PC16R-3

3 -Working at the swivel joint, disconnect all hoses
corresponding to the lines adjacent to the line to be
checked; plug all disconnected hoses to prevent
contamination.
a To identify the lines that are adjacent to the line to be 1

checked, refer to tables A, B and C.
4 -Allow oil in the hoses to flow for a couple of minutes.

2
4. Preparing to check the blade RKPB8100
1 -Release all residual hydraulic pressure. (For details,

see "ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM
THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS").
2 -Disconnect the hose (4) corresponding to the line to be

checked at the blade cylinder (3) and plug the hose
4
tightly.
3 -Working at the swivel joint, disconnect all hoses

4
corresponding to the lines adjacent to the line to be
checked; plug the holes on the hoses to prevent
3
contamination.
a To identify the lines that are adjacent to the line to be

RKPB9520
checked, refer to tables A, B and C.
4 -Allow oil in the hoses to flow for a couple of minutes.
5. Checking tightness
1 -Start and run the engine at the test RPM specified for
each assembly or component.
2 -Pressurize the line to be checked. Adjacent line
3 -When 30 seconds have elapsed, check for any leakage

for one minute. Line to be
checked
a If oil comes out of either adjacent line hose, then
there is a leak in the intermediate seal between the
high pressure line and the adjacent line. RKP04760
20-48 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE HYDRAULIC
ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE HYDRAULIC

CIRCUITS
1. Eliminating residual pressure from the
hydraulic oil tank
k The hydraulic oil tank is capped and pressurized.

Release the pressure before disconnecting lines or
removing plugs from the tank. Use the procedure
below.
1
1 -Lower the working equipment to the ground and stop the
engine.
2 -Slowly loosen the fill plug (1) to release the residual tank
pressure. RKPC4740
2. Eliminating residual pressure from

hydraulic cylinders
1 -With the engine at low idling, lower the equipment to the
ground and ensure that the cylinders will not reach end
of stroke. Stop the engine.
k If engine is stopped with a cylinder at end of stroke, wait

5 to 10 minutes before carrying out the procedures
below.
2 -Release residual pressure from the tank as described in

the previous paragraph.
3 -Gradually loosen the fitting to the cylinder to release the

residual pressure; wait until the oil stops flowing out
before disconnecting the hose.
a When eliminating residual pressure from a cylinder,

apply a stopper to the fitting to protect from
pressurized oil spray.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-49

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS AIR BLEED
AIR BLEED
1. Bleeding air from cylinders
1 -Start the engine and let it run at low idling for about 5
minutes.
2 -Lower and raise the boom 4–5 times.
a Lower and raise the boom piston to within 100 mm of

the bottom of stroke.
DO NOT pressurize the circuits.
3 -Run the engine to high idling and repeat the steps

described at point 2. Return the engine to low idling and RKP15040
allow the piston to travel its full stroke until it reaches

max. pressure in both directions.
4 -Repeat the procedure (from step 2) for arm, bucket,

boom swing and blade cylinders.
3 Turns
2. Bleeding air from the revolving frame motor
k Ensure that the anti rotation pin is disengaged.

1 -Run the engine at low idling and rotate the revolving
frame three turns to the left.
2 -Repeat the same manoeuvre, this time rotating the

revolving frame to the right. 3 Turns
3. Bleeding air from the travel motors RKP15050
1 -With the engine running at low idling, use the working

equipment to raise the left track off the ground.
2 -Allow the left track to rotate for about 30 seconds.
3 -Repeat steps 1 and 2 on the right track.
a Also activate the travel increment for about 10

seconds.
4. Bleeding air from the optional equipment 100 Ö 150 mm
a This method should be used for all equipment, unless

otherwise specified.
1 - Each time an item of optional working equipment is RKP15060
installed, operate the equipment repeatedly, with the

engine at low idling, until all the air has been completely
eliminated.
20-50 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS AIR BLEED
5. Pressurisation of the tank

a This procedure should be performed every time the oil-
refuelling cap is removed in order to remove hoses or
other hydraulic equipment
1 -Start and run the engine at low idling and move the
working equipment to the end of their travel as shown.
2 -Stop the engine, loosen the tank plug (1) and then
tighten the plug.
a This operation lets air into the tank when the level of
the remaining oil is at minimum. RKP14410
3 -Start the engine and lower the working equipment to the

ground
RKPC4740
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-51

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL OF HYDRAULIC DRIFTS - ANALYSIS CAUSES OF A DRIFT
CONTROL OF HYDRAULIC DRIFTS - ANALYSIS CAUSES OF A DRIFT

a Test conditions:
• Machine: in the conditions described in "MACHINE
SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPONENTS".
• Hydraulic oil: 45–55 °C
1. Test
k To check on the extent of the hydraulic drifts of
individual components and the total hydraulic drift,
position the machine and follow the procedures
indicated in the "MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS AND
COMPONENTS".
2. Analysis of the causes of hydraulic drifts

k Before disconnecting the tubes, release hydraulic
pressures in the circuits (For details, see
"ELIMINATING RESIDUAL PRESSURE FROM THE
HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS").
• Boom check
1 -Position the machine with the arm vertical and with the
back of the bucket resting on the ground.
2 -Stop the engine and release the residual hydraulic

pressures. RKPC4750
3 -Disconnect the hoses (1) and (2) that supply the cylinder
on the head side and on the base side. 2
4 -Plug the two hoses to prevent entry of impurities. 1
5 -Plug the fitting (3) that supplies the cylinder on the base
side. 4
6 -In order to catch any oil leakages, attach a tube to the
fitting (4) that supplies the head side of the cylinder.
3
RKPB8130
7 -Start the engine and extend the arm completely.
8 -Stop the engine and check the position of the boom

every 5 minutes for 15 minutes.
• If the boom moves downwards the drift is due to the
cylinder gaskets.
• If the boom does not move, the drift is due to the
control valve.
RKP14970
20-52 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

• Arm check
1 - Position the machine with the arm completely extended

and with the bucket teeth on the ground.

pressures.
RKPC4760
3 -Disconnect the hoses (1) and (2) from the arm cylinder
and plug them to prevent the entry of impurities.
2
4 -Plug the fitting (3) of the arm cylinder on the head side
and attach a provisional hose on the base side fitting to
collect any oil leakages.
3
1
RKPC4770
5 -Start the engine and raise the boom to the specified

height.
6 -Stop the engine and check the position of the arm every
5 minutes for 15 minutes.
• If the arm moves downwards the drift is due to the
cylinder gaskets.
• If the arm does not move, the drift is due to the
control valve.
RKP15000
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-53

• Bucket test
1 - Position the machine with the arm vertical and the

bucket resting on the ground in a horizontal position.
Put a weight in the bucket, or fill it with earth.

pressures.
3 -Disconnect the hose (1) on the head side of the bucket
cylinder and plug to prevent contamination.
RKP15080
4 -Disconnect hose (2) – bucket cylinder base side.
a Long boom: loosen the clamp (3) before

disconnecting the hose (2). 1
5 -Plug the fitting of the bucket cylinder on the base side 2
and attach a provisional hose onto the head side fitting
to collect any leakages.
RKPC4780
2 RKPC4790
6 -Start the engine and raise the boom.
7 -Stop the engine and check the position of the bucket

• If the bucket makes an opening movement the drift
is due to the cylinder gaskets.
• If the bucket does not move, the drift is due to the 50 cm
control valve.
RKP15010
20-54 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

• Boom swing check
1 -Position the machine with the boom, arm and bucket

raised and with the revolving frame turned 135º to the
left.

pressures.
RKP15100
3 -Remove the guard (1).
4 -Remove the RH side panel (2) from the revolving frame.

1
2
RKPC4860
5 -Disconnect the boom swing cylinder hoses (3) and (4)

and plug them.
6 -Plug the hole of the boom swing cylinder on the base

side and attach a provisional tube on the head side to
catch any oil leakages.
3
4
RKPB8182
6 -Start the engine and move the machine to a 15º slope.
7 -Stop the engine and check the position of the boom

• If the boom makes a rotating movement the drift is
due to the cylinder gaskets.
• If the boom does not move, the drift is due to the 15¡
control valve.
135¡
RKP05050
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-55

• Blade test
1 -Position the machine with the arm resting vertically on

the ground and with the bucket resting on its back.
2 -Raise the blade completely and support it on a centrally-

positioned block.

pressures.
RKP15020
4 -Remove the protection (1).
RKPB8190
5 -Disconnect the hoses (2) and (3) of the blade cylinder (4)
and plug them.
5 -Plug the hole of the blade cylinder on the head side and
attach a provisional tube on the base side to catch any oil
leakages.
2
6 -Start the engine and force the boom down to raise the
machine in order to remove the block on which the blade
is resting. 3
7 -Lower the blade and stop the engine.
8 -Check the position of the blade every 5 minutes for 15 RKPB8050
minutes.
• If the blade moves downwards the drift is due to the
cylinder.
• If the blade does not move downwards, drift is
caused by the control valve or the swivel joint.
a In order to check whether the drift is due to the swivel

joint, (For details, see: "6. Checking inside the
revolving frame motor for leakage").
20-56 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

• Swing motor test
1 -Position the machine with boom, arm and bucket raised

as in the figure and with the revolving frame turned 135º
to the left.

pressures.
RKP15030
3 -Disconnect the hoses (1) and (2) from the motor and
plug them to prevent entry of impurities. Attach
provisional tubes to the motor to catch any oil leakages. 2
1
RKPB8200
4 -Start the engine, move the machine to a 15º slope, and

stop the engine.
5 -Mark the position between revolving frame and lower

track-frame on the swing circle and for 15 minutes check
whether or not the revolving frame rotates.
• If the revolving frame rotates, drift is caused by the
15¡
engine check valves.
135¡
RKP05050
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-57

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CABIN)
HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CABIN)

k Perform the opening and closing (tilt) procedures with
the help of an assistant.
1. Opening (tilting) the floor

1 -Lower the work equipment and blade to the ground, stop
the engine, and set the lock lever in the LOCK position. 2 2
2 -Open and fix engine rear cover (1).
3 -Remove 2 floor fixing bolts (2).
1
RKPC4841
4 -While pulling floor lock release lever (3) toward the rear
of the machine with the left hand, use the right hand and 3
the help of an assistant to push up the floor (4) toward
the front of the machine (up to about 45 degrees).
k Do not put any part of your body under the floor
4
while opening or closing the floor.
a If the floor does not rise, the release lever (3) may
not be in the release position.
a Since the gas spring assists you in opening the floor,
the operating effort is increased when the ambient
temperature is low.
RKPC6760
5 -After the floor rises, push up handrail until lock pin (5) is
fitted to lock groove “a” of lock plate (6). 6
6
a
5
RKPC0370
6 -Insert 2nd lock pin (7) in lock hole “b” securely and rotate
it until lock hook (c) is hitched on fixing pin (8) securely.
a Carefully check to ensure that lock pin (7) is

b 8
engaged with pin (8).
7
RKPB8240
20-58 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CABIN)
2. Closed
a Before closing the floor, check that the wiring, piping,
and seats in the floor and revolving frame are free from d 7
damage and abnormality.
1 -Remove lock pin (7) and insert it in storage hole “d”.
a If necessary, slightly jog the floor by the handrail to

remove the lock pin.
RKPC0380
2 -While pulling floor lock release lever (3) with the left
hand, use the right hand to support the floor (4). 3
4
a While checking that the wiring and piping are not
caught or damaged, pull down the floor slowly.

RKPB8220
3 -Install 2 floor fixing bolts (2).
a If the fixing bolts are damaged, replace them with

new ones.
3 Screws: 157 -195 Nm

4 -Close engine rear cover. 2 2
RKPC4840
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-59

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CANOPY)
HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CANOPY)

k Perform the opening and closing (tilt) procedures with
the help of an assistant. 1
1. Opening (tilting) the floor

1 -Lower the work equipment and blade to the ground, stop
the engine, and set the lock lever in the LOCK position.
2 -Open and fix engine rear cover (1). 2 2

3 -Loosen the bolts (2) retaining the floor (3).
RKPC4800
4 -While pulling floor lock release lever (3) toward the rear
of the machine with the left hand, use the right hand to
push up the floor toward the front of the machine (up to
about 45 degrees).

3
a If the floor does not rise, the release lever (3) may
not be in the release position.
a Since the gas spring assists you in opening the floor,

the operating effort is increased when the ambient
RKPC4810
temperature is low; if necessary, perform the tilt
operation with the help of an assistant.
5 -Once floor is up, continue to push up to the limit of cam
travel (4).
6 -Locate and insert pin (5) in lock hole “a” securely and 4
rotate pin counter clockwise until the slot is hitched on
support (6) securely.
5
a
RKPC4820
2. Closed
a Before closing the floor, check that the wiring, piping,
and seats in the floor and revolving frame are free from
damage and abnormality.
1 -Remove lock pin (5) and insert it in storage hole “b”.
a To remove the pin, slightly move the floor. b
RKPC4830
20-60 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS HOW TO OPEN AND CLOSE (TILT) FLOOR (FOR CANOPY)
2 -While checking that the wiring and piping are not caught
or damaged, pull down the floor slowly.
a Do not put any part of your body under the floor while
opening or closing the floor.
RKPC4811
3 -Install 2 floor fixing bolts (2).
a Replace screws if damaged.

3 Screws: 157 -197 Nm
4 -Close engine rear cover.
2 2
RKPC4801
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-61

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING THE SERVO-CONTROL SAFETY MICROSWITCHES
ADJUSTING THE SERVO-CONTROL SAFETY MICROSWITCHES

AND RUBBER PAD
1. Adjustment of rubber pad
a Test conditions:
• Engine: switched off.
• Working equipment: resting on the ground. 1
1 -Raise the servo-controls housing (1).
RKPC4850
2 -Loosen the nut (2) that secures the rubber pad (3) and
screw the pad into the lower plate (4) for a few turns. 7
3
4
RKPB8250
3 -Lower the servo-control engagement lever until the

pitch point of the roller (5) is approximately 3 mm from
the starting point of the cut-off slot. 5
3 mm
4 -Keep this position and bring the rubber pad into contact 1
with the console (1).
5 -Release the servo-control engagement lever and
secure the rubber pad (3) with the nut (2).
2 RKP15090
20-62 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS KOMTRAX STATION OPENING CHECK (TC1310 station)
KOMTRAX STATION OPENING CHECK (TC1310 station)

k The station opening check should be performed
outdoors, away from buildings; it will fail indoors.
k Once station opening check has been completed,

notify Komatsu administrators of the following data for
registration purposes: 1
1 - Type, model, serial number of the machine where
KOMTRAX is installed.
2 - Model, code and serial number of the KOMTRAX
terminal.
3 - Value of the service metre when the KOMTRAX
terminal was initialized. RKPC7050
RKPC6610
Station opening check

1 -Remove the screws (1) and remove the protective cover
(2).
2 1
2
1 1
RKPC7070
a In order to be able to check the 7-segment indicator

lamp on vehicles with canopy, fully tilt the seat back
toward the rear and inspect by looking through the gap
between seat back and seat.
RKPC7060
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-63

2 -Ensure that the engine ignition key has been on

"O"(OFF) for at least 5 seconds.
3 -Ensure that the check connector (3) is connected.
3
RKPC7080
k Steps and checks from 4 to 5 should be performed

within 60 seconds. If 60 seconds or above elapse, start
with step 2 again. 4
4 -Turn the ignition key (4) to "I" and wait about 5 seconds;
a hyphen (6) should appear on the display (5).
6
RKP19370
5 -Disconnect connector (3) and wait about 5 seconds.
6 -Reconnect connector (3), wait about 5 seconds and

then check the dot (7) on the display (5): it should blink 2-
3 times.
k If this condition is not fulfilled, re-execute the

procedure above from step 2.
7 3
RKPC7081
7 -Check that the characters shown are displayed in the

sequence given. 6
k a - The second character may well be a different
digit.
b - The third character will no longer be
displayed after 30 seconds have elapsed
from completion of step 6.
c - Go to the next step only if the hyphen (6) is no
longer displayed; if the hyphen remains
displayed, resume the procedure from step 2
to step 6.
RKP19380
20-64 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

8 -Turn the ignition key (4) to engine crank position. Keep it

in this position for 5 seconds and make sure that the
engine does not start; turn the ignition key back to "I".
k a - If the engine starts, resume the station

opening check from step 2. If the engine starts 4
after the above steps have been completed
for the second time, stop the procedure and
inspect the electrical system (relays and
wiring harness).
b - The station opening check should also be
repeated if the ignition key is turned back to
“O” (OFF) during the checks described at RKP19390
steps 9 and 10.
9 -Turn the key to cranking position again and make sure

that the engine starts normally.
10 -With the engine at Min. speed, check on the display that

the station opening check takes from 90 seconds to 15
minutes.
k The third 7-segment character in the sequence will

change depending on the type of machine where
the KOMTRAX device is installed; the example
given here shows a CAN connection, whose
distinctive character is “2”.
The following table lists a few display characters
by way of example.
Display Type of connected network or fuel sensor Machine model (example)
0 Fuel sensor and network not connected PC20, WB93, WB97
2 CAN or CAN/S- NET connected PC27, PC26, PC30, PC35
Example of a machine with CAN connection

• Station opening check completed normally
a At least 90 seconds are required to reach this stage.
RKP19400
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-65

• No GPS data is detected

(check GPS antenna and harness).
a 90 seconds to 5 minutes are required to reach this

stage).
RKP19410
• No data is received from ORBCOMM satellite

(check GPS antenna and cable).
a 30 seconds to 15 minutes are required to reach this

stage, depending on satellite orbit).
RKP19420
• Network or harness trouble.
a Network settings and acquired data do not match.

Check machine wiring harness and connectors for
faults.
NOTE
If the 7-segment display does not run as shown within 15
minutes, contact the Technical Assistance Service.
RKP19430
11 -Turn the ignition key to “O” (OFF) to stop the engine; the
station opening check ended normally if the display OK NO
shows the letter “C” after a few seconds.
k If the display shows a hyphen, restart the

procedure from step 2.
RKP19440
20-66 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

12 -Contact the Technical Assistance Service to report the

required information for setting the server ready and
recording the initial settings of the KOMTRAX TC310
station.
k a - Communication of information regarding station

initial settings is called CONFIGURATION. About
30 minutes to 4 hours or more may be necessary to
complete it (depending on satellite orbit in the local
district).
The procedure will not be long if the ignition key is
turned to ON or if the engine is running, but be
aware that it will also run with key in the OFF
position.
b - During the station opening check and
CONFIGURATION procedures, the machine
should be parked outside to allow frequent
communication of the KOMTRAX station with the
ORBCOMM satellite. If the machine is parked in
buildings where the radio waves from the satellite
are intercepted, initialization may not be
completed.
c - When CONFIGURATION ends normally, the 7-
segment display will change from “C” to a digit (0-
9). No confirmation is needed in this case.
d - If CONFIGURATION ends normally, all machine
information will be visible on the KOMTRAX site.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-67

CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS KOMTRAX SYSTEM CHECKS
KOMTRAX SYSTEM CHECKS

In the KOMTRAX system, various information and
processing details are displayed on the LED – in the clear
window of the KOMTRAX terminal.
Therefore, if a detect is suspected in the system, perform the
following checks.
• Check of antennas
• Check of terminal LED displays
Before using the KOMTRAX system, make sure that the

application for starting its use (configuration) is completed
as well as the station opening check in the machine side.
CHECK OF ANTENNAS
• Before checking the LED displays, check that there is no
abnormality around the communication antenna and
GPS antenna.
• The communication antenna should not be off or

damaged.
• The communication antenna cable should not be

damaged or interrupted and should be connected to the
KOMTRAX terminal.
• The GPS antenna should not be off or damaged.
• The GPS antenna cable should not be damaged or

interrupted and should be connected to the KOMTRAX
terminal.
20-68 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CHECK OF TERMINAL LED DISPLAYS
Meaning of LED displays for CPU

a The LED displays should be checked with the starting
switch on "I", with the starting switch on "START", or with
the engine started.
No. LED Name/function Display (*1) Description
Starting switch ACC signal: ON

ON
Alternator R signal: ON
Starting switch ACC signal: OFF

Fast blink
States of starting switch ACC Alternator R signal: ON
1 LED1
signal and alternator R signal Starting switch ACC signal: ON
Slow blink
Alternator R signal: OFF
Starting switch ACC signal: OFF

OFF
Alternator R signal: OFF
ON Engine control signal: ON

2 LED2 State of engine control signal
OFF Engine control signal: OFF
S-NET: Connected
ON
Starting switch C signal: OFF
States of S-NET connection and Fast blink Starting switch C signal: ON

3 LED3
starting switch C signal Slow blink Not used
S-NET: Not connected

OFF
Starting switch C signal: OFF
ON CAN: Connected (without fuel sensor)
State of CAN connection and Fast blink CAN: Connected (with fuel sensor)
4 LED4
state of fuel sensor Slow blink CAN: Not connected (with fuel sensor)
OFF CAN: Not connected (without fuel sensor)
Data writing and transfer

ON
5 LED5 State of data writing and transfer (system administrator only function)
OFF Normal operation mode
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 20-69

No. LED Name/function Display (*1) Description
Preliminary operations
Not working –
During check
Check state * see “meaning of messages”
On check completion
Indicates that station opening check

communication with the server is being
C completed and that the configuration connector
Fast blink is connected.
Blinking indicates that the machine is in the
Configuration mode process of capturing the satellite.
7 segments
6
(red) Indicates that station opening check
F communication with the server is being
Fast blink completed and that the configuration connector
is disconnected.
Working
Indicates the number of unsent mails (10 or more

0–9 unsent mails are indicated by "9").
Number of unsent ON Light-on indicates that the machine is in the
mails, awaiting process of capturing the satellite.
connection with the Indicates the number of unsent mails (10 or more
satellite 0–9 unsent mails are indicated by "9").
Fast
Blink indicates that the machine is awaiting
blink
connection with the satellite.
GPS positioning was completed

ON
(The position can be confirmed) (*2).
Dot GPS positioning and check GPS positioning was not completed
7 OFF
(red) connector change of state (The position cannot be confirmed) (*2).
When the check connector is disconnected the

Fast blink
dot will blink 2-3 times.
(*1) Blink types:

- Fast blink: Blinks in about 1-second cycle
- Slow blink: Blinks in about 4-second cycle
(*2) Supplementary explanation of GPS positioning status

One or more minute may be taken until GPS positioning
is completed after the starting switch was turned ON
even in an outdoor area but with weak signal.
GPS positioning will fail indoors and in weak signal or
non-service areas.
20-70 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

30 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
HOW TO READ THE MANUAL .....................................3 SWIVEL JOINT ............................................................ 53

PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING .....4 • Removal.................................................................. 53
• Installation............................................................... 55
SPECIAL TOOLS ...........................................................5
SWING MOTOR ........................................................... 56
CANOPY.........................................................................7
• Removal.................................................................. 56
• Removal ....................................................................7
• Installation............................................................... 57
• Installation .................................................................8
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK .............................................. 58
CABIN.............................................................................9
• Removal.................................................................. 58
• Removal ....................................................................9
• Installation............................................................... 60
• Installation ...............................................................11
SERVO-CONTROLS SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE ... 61
RADIATOR ...................................................................12
• Removal.................................................................. 61
• Removal ..................................................................12
• Installation............................................................... 61
• Installation ...............................................................14
RH PPC VALVE (BOOM - BUCKET) .......................... 62
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER..........................................15
• Removal.................................................................. 62
• Removal ..................................................................15
• Installation............................................................... 65
• Installation ...............................................................16
LH PPC VALVE (ARM - BUCKET).............................. 66
COUNTERWEIGHT AND FUEL TANK........................17
• Removal.................................................................. 66
• Removal ..................................................................17
• Installation............................................................... 68
• Installation ...............................................................20
UPPER FRAME SIDE SHIELD.................................... 69
ENGINE-PUMP GROUP...............................................21
• Removal.................................................................. 69
• Removal ..................................................................21
• Installation............................................................... 70
• Installation ...............................................................27
BLADE PPC VALVE.................................................... 71
HYDRAULIC PUMP......................................................28
• Removal.................................................................. 71
• Removal ..................................................................28
• Installation............................................................... 72
• Installation ...............................................................29
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE ....................... 73
TRACKS .......................................................................30
• Removal.................................................................. 73
• Removal ..................................................................30
• Installation............................................................... 73
• Installation ...............................................................31
BOOM SWING PPC VALVE........................................ 75
IDLER WHEEL .............................................................32
• Removal.................................................................. 75
• Assembly .................................................................32
• Installation............................................................... 75
PISTON - RECOIL SPRING - CYLINDER...................33
TRAVEL PPC VALVE.................................................. 77
IDLER ROLLERS .........................................................36 • Removal.................................................................. 77
• Removal ..................................................................36 • Installation............................................................... 78
• Installation ...............................................................36
FUNCTION SELECTION SOLENOID VALVE
• Assembly .................................................................37
(HS version only) ........................................................ 79
FLOOR..........................................................................38 • Removal.................................................................. 79
• Installation ...............................................................44
TRAVEL MOTOR......................................................... 80
UPPER FRAME ............................................................47 • Removal.................................................................. 80
• Installation ...............................................................51 • Assembly ................................................................ 81
SWING CIRCLE............................................................52 SPROCKET WHEEL ................................................... 92
• Removal ..................................................................52 • Removal.................................................................. 92
• Installation ...............................................................52 • Installation............................................................... 92
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-1

COMPLETE FINAL DRIVE .......................................... 93 BUCKET .....................................................................112
• Removal.................................................................. 93 • Removal ................................................................112
• Installation............................................................... 93 • Installation .............................................................112
IDLER WHEEL - RECOIL SPRING ............................. 94 ARM............................................................................113
• Removal.................................................................. 94 • Removal ................................................................113
BOOM CYLINDER ....................................................... 95 BOOM.........................................................................115
• Removal.................................................................. 95 • Removal ................................................................115
ARM CYLINDER .......................................................... 96 BOOM SWING SUPPORT .........................................118
• Removal.................................................................. 96 • Removal ................................................................118
BUCKET CYLINDER ................................................... 97 BLADE........................................................................119
• Removal.................................................................. 97 • Removal ................................................................119
BOOM SWING CYLINDER.......................................... 99 MOVING FRAMES (HS version only).......................120
• Removal.................................................................. 99 • Removal ................................................................120
• Installation............................................................. 100 • Installation .............................................................121
BLADE CYLINDER.................................................... 101 KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CANOPY)......................122
• Removal................................................................ 101 • Removal ................................................................122
• Installation............................................................. 101 • Installation .............................................................122
TRACK-FRAME SPREADING CYLINDER KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CAB) .............................123
(HS version only) ...................................................... 102 • Removal ................................................................123
• Removal................................................................ 102 • Installation .............................................................123
• Installation............................................................. 103
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS......................................... 104
WORKING EQUIPMENT ........................................... 109
• Removal................................................................ 109
• Installation............................................................. 111
30-2 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HOW TO READ THE MANUAL
HOW TO READ THE MANUAL

1. Removal and Installation of the groups
(1) The procedures and information needed to carry out the work of removing or Installing units or groups are given
in the removal procedure. The sequence of operations is not repeated in the installation procedure.
(2) Information needed for installation is marked with the symbol [*1]. The same symbol is repeated at the end of
each removal procedure for the same item, to indicate to which installation item it refers.
(Example)
REMOVAL GROUP ● ● ● : .......................................................Title of operation.
k: ............................................................................................Safety precautions to be followed when carrying

out the operation.
1 - Remove XXXX (1): ..............................................................Step in removal procedure.
a: ........................................................................................Technique or important point to remember when
removing XXXX (1)
2 - eee (2): ...................................................................... [*1] This sign means that information is given for
the installation procedure
3 - Remove ttt (3):
6........... l: ....................................................................Recovery of oil or water, and the quantity to be
recovered.
INSTALLATION GROUP qqq :................................................Title of operation.
q To install, reverse the removal procedure.
[*1]: .............................................................................................Technique to be used for installation.

a: ........................................................................................Technique or important point to remember when
removing eee (2)
q Addition of water or oil: ........................................................Step in removal procedure.
a: Point to remember when adding water or oil.
2. To the precautions to be taken during the removal or installation of the groups, must be added the specific
"PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING".
Always make sure that these precautions are taken.
3. List of special tools.

(1) For details of the descriptions, codes and quantities of each tool (A1; A2 etc.) mentioned in the operational
procedures, see the list "SPECIAL TOOLS" supplied in this section.
4. List of the tightening torques and weights, and the quantities oil, liquids or grease needed to fill tanks
and containers
(1) In the operating procedures, you will find the symbols3 , 4, 5,2,6; in the following
order, these represent the values of "TIGHTENING TORQUES", "WEIGHT OF PARTS OR GROUPS",
"QUANTITIES OF OIL OR LIQUIDS TO BE INTRODUCED", "SCREW LOCKING MATERIAL, SEALANTS
AND LUBRICATION", "LUBRICATING GREASE" and LIQUID DRAINING.
NOTE
If no symbol is indicated, the values to be used are those given in the introductory sections of this manual.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING

a When dismantling or installing a part, always take the following general precautions.
1. Precautions for removal operations
• If not otherwise indicated, lower the work equipment until it rests on the ground.
• Always use the safety devices when working with the working equipment raised.
• If the coolant liquid contains an anti-freeze substance, follow the instructions given for drainage.
• After having removed flanges and tubes, insert plugs to prevent impurities from entering.
• Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and tie it with wire.
• Drain the oil before removing any mechanical assemblies.
• Use a sufficiently large container to collect the oil.
• Before removing a part from the machine, check the alignment reference marks which show the correct
installation position. If necessary add further marks to avoid incorrect installation.
• While dismantling the connectors, always grasp them firmly to avoid undue strain on the wiring.
• If necessary, attach markers to the wires and tubes to avoid muddling them up during installation.
• Check the number and height of the adjustments to a given clearance and store them in a safe place.
• When raising the machine or some parts of it, use adequate equipment for the weight of the part concerned.
• When using screws or eyebolts to remove items of the machinery, screw them alternately, and as deeply as they
will go.
• Before removing a piece, clean the surrounding area and, after removal, cover the area to prevent dirt or dust
from gaining entrance.
2. Precautions to be taken during installation
• Tighten nuts and screws with the specified tightening torques.
• Install the flexible hoses, taking care not to entangle or twist them.
• Replace O-ring seals, cotter pins and retainer rings with new ones.
• Bend the cotter pins and retainers in such a way as to secure them.
• When coating the threads with adhesives, clean the piece to remove oil and grease, then apply just enough
adhesive to cover the threading in a uniform manner.
• When applying a liquid sealant, clean the surface involved, remove residual oil and grease, check that there are
no dents or dirt, then apply the liquid sealant in a uniform manner.
• Clean all the parts, remove dirt, rust, burrs, or dents.
• Apply a film of engine oil over all the moving parts.
• Apply a film of anti-friction grease (ASL800040) over all surfaces assembled with pressure, to avoid sticking.
• After having mounted the snap-rings, check that they are firmly positioned in their seatings.
• When installing electrical system jacks, remove any oil, dust or water that may have penetrated into them, then
connect them firmly.
• If using eyebolts, check that they are not distorted, screw them in fully, and then align the eye with the hoisting
hook.
• Mount the flanges in a uniform manner, and tighten the screws in criss-cross sequence, to avoid excessive pull
on one side only.
3. Precautions to be taken on completion of removal and installation operations.
• If the coolant liquid has been drained away, close the drainage plug and add new liquid up to normal level. Start
the engine to circulate the liquid throughout the cooling system and then top up the level once more.
• When the hydraulic equipment has been dismantled, add engine oil to the indicated level. Start up the engine to
circulate the oil in the hydraulic circuits, and then top up to the indicated level.
• Fill with lubricant when installing mechanical assemblies.
• If hoses or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, motors, solenoid valves and valves, are
removed for repairs or substitution, bleed air from the hydraulic circuits after having re-assembled the machine.
a For details, see “20. CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS”.
• After having re-assembled cylinder joints or cylinders, or work equipment articulations, lubricate thoroughly.
30-4 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
Service Sym. Codes Name Q.ty Remarks
1 790-101-5001 Driver kit 1 For bearings
A 2 791-201-2720 Driver 1 For sealing rings

Wheel and idler
roller assembly 3 790-201-2710 Driver 1 For sealing rings
B 1 792-371-1400 Bushing 1 For recoil spring
790-502-1003 Cylinder repair bench 1

1
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump 1
2 790-330-1100 Full spanner 1
Commercially
Spanner (30 mm) 1
available
Commercially
Spanner (32 mm) 1
available
3
Commercially
Spanner (36 mm) 1
available
Commercially
Spanner (41 mm) 1
available
790-201-1702 Driver kit 1
790-101-5021 . Handle 1
4 01010-50816 . Screws 1
790-201-1721 . Driver Ø 30 1
For cylinders U
790-201-1731 . Driver Ø 35 1
790-201-1500 Driver kit 1
790-101-5021 . Handle 1
01010-50816 . Screws 1
. Driver (for bucket, boom

790-201-1530 swing and variable gauge 1
cylinder)
. Driver (for boom, arm, and

790-201-1540 1
blade cylinder)
6 790-720-1000 Expander 1
796-720-1740 Calibrator Ø 65, 70 1
07281-00709 Clip Ø 65, 70 1
7 796-720-1630 Calibrator Ø 55, 60 1
796-720-1620 Calibrator Ø 45, 50 1
07281-00609 Clip Ø 45, 60 1
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-5

PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CANOPY
CANOPY
Removal
k Completely lower the working equipment until it is
resting on the ground and stop the engine and take out
the ignition key.
1
1 -Remove the mat (1).
RKPC4870
2 -Attach the canopy (2) to some hoisting tackle.
RKPC4880
3 -Loosen and remove eight screws (3) from the rear

retainer.
[*1] 3
a Leave two screws in place for safety.
RKPC4890
4 -Loosen and remove four screws (4) from the front

retainer.
[*2]
5 -Take out the screws previously left in for safety and

remove the canopy.
4 Canopy: 63 kg
4
RKPC4900
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-7

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CANOPY
Installation
• To install, reverse the removal procedure.
[*1]
3 Rear retainer screws: ____________ Nm

2 Screws: ___________________
[*2]
3 Front retainer screws: ____________ Nm

2 Screws:_______________
30-8 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CABIN
CABIN
Removal
1 -Remove the mat (1).
2 -Remove the screws and remove the protective cover

2
(2).
RKPC6770
3 -Remove the hose guard (3) and disconnect connector

(4).
4
3
RKPC6780
4 -Remove guard (5) and disconnect the power lead (6) of

the KOMTRAX device.
5
RKPC6790
5 -Disconnect connectors (7), (8).
RKPC6800
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-9

5 -Remove the left lateral side panel (9).
9
RKPB8403
6 -Disconnect outlet hose (11) from washer pump.
10
11
RKPB8411
7 -Connect cab (12) to some hoisting tackle and slightly

tension the cable.
12
RKPC6820
8 -Loosen and remove the screws (13) securing the cab

(12).
12
a Leave two screws in place for safety.
13
13
13
RKPC0392
30-10 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

9 -Take out four screws and remove the heating assembly

(14).
a Place assembly on floor, leaving the cab deck edge

clear.
14
RKPC6810
10 -Remove the screws (13) previously left in for safety,

raise and remove the whole cab (12).
k Use caution and make sure that any members left

on the floor do not get damaged.
12
Installation
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-11

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION RADIATOR
RADIATOR
Removal
k Extend the working equipment and lower it to the
ground.
RKPC4910
1 -Tilt the floor (1) and engage lock pin. (For details, see
"20 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4700
2 -Open the right-hand door (2) and remove the shield (3).
3
2
RKPC4920
3 -Loosen the plug (4) and drain the coolant.
6 Coolant liquid:
with canopy: approx. 3.1 l
with cab: approx 4.2 l
4
RKPB8322
30-12 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

4 -Disconnect hose (6) from radiator (5) and remove strap

(7).
8
5 -Remove the panel (8).
5 7
RKPB8442
6 -Disconnect lower hose (9) from radiator.
RKPB8451
7 -Disconnect upper hose (10).

10
RKPB8461
8 -Remove screws and washers and remove radiator (5)

and radiator mounting (11).
11
a Avoid damage to radiator fins.
5
RKPB8471
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-13

Installation
1 -Fill vehicle with engine coolant.
5 Coolant:
2 -Start and run the engine for a few minutes; stop the
engine and check the coolant level. Top it up if
necessary.
30-14 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

Removal
k Eliminate pressure from hydraulic oil tank.
(For details, see "20 CONTROLS AND
ADJUSTMENTS"). 1
1 -Tilt the floor (1) and engage the lock pin.

ADJUSTMENTS").
2 -Drain the hydraulic oil.
6 Hydraulic oil: approx 15.2 l

RKPC4700
3 -Open rear right door (2), disconnect hose (4) from

radiator (3) and remove strap (5). 5
2
4 -Remove the panel (6).
6
3
RKPB8480
5 -Disconnect hoses (8) and (9) from cooler (7).

[*1]
6 -Remove four screws (10) and remove cooler (7). 10

10
a Avoid damage to cooler fins. 8
7
11
9 10
RKPB8490
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-15

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER
Installation
[*1]
a When closing the floor, hose (8) may push against the
mounting.
To avoid the inconvenience, route the hose under the
bracket (11).
1 -Fill tank.
a Fill with oil to the max level.

Start and run the engine at low idling speed to allow
oil to flow, then check the oil level.
2 -Bleed air from all circuits and pressurize the system.

ADJUSTMENTS").
30-16 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION COUNTERWEIGHT AND FUEL TANK
COUNTERWEIGHT AND FUEL TANK

Removal
1 -Only for vehicles with canopy: remove the canopy (1).
(For details, see "CANOPY").
1
RKPC4882

ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4930
3 -Remove the left protective panel (3).
RKPC4940
4 -Disconnect the battery (4).
k Disconnect the negative (–) (5) battery terminal

first and then the positive (+) (6) battery terminal.
6
5
4
RKPC4950
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-17

5 -Open the rear door; loosen and remove the screws (7)
and remove battery main switch assembly (8).
a Place the assembly to one side. 8
RKPC4960
6 -Remove holders (9), (10) from left guard (3) and battery
(8).
10
RKPC4970
7 -Disconnect level gauge connector (11).
11
RKPC4980
8 -Drain the fuel.
6 Fuel: max. 19 l
9 -Open the rear right door and disconnect the fuel supply
hose (12) from the decanter. 12
a Plug hose and filter to prevent contamination.
RKPB7802
30-18 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

10 -Disconnect fuel return hose (13) from the engine.
13
RKPB8512
11 -Connect the counterweight (14) to some hoisting tackle

and slightly tension the cable.
14
RKPC4990
12 -Loosen and remove one left screw (15) and three centre
right screws (16) and washers.
[*1]
13 -Remove the counterweight (14) together with the tank.
4 Full counterweight:
15
16
PC14R-3: Approx 114 kg
PC16R-3: approx 157 kg
RKPB8572
14 -Loosen and remove screws (17) and retaining stoppers

(18). [*2] 17
15 -Remove the tank (19).
18
17
18
17
19
RKPB8771
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-19

Installation
[*1]
3 Counterweight screws:
Right side and centre: 152 – 192 Nm
Left side: 456 -568 Nm
a Be careful not to pinch the fuel supply hose (12) between

counterweight and frame.
[*2]
12
3 Tank mounting screws: 62 -68 Nm

RKPB8692
1 -Fill fuel tank.
2 -Start the engine and check previously removed lines for

leaks.
30-20 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE-PUMP GROUP
ENGINE-PUMP GROUP
Removal
a After disconnecting the hoses, plug the hoses and holes
to prevent circuit contamination.
k Eliminate all residual pressure.

ADJUSTMENTS").
1 -Remove canopy and frame side-guards. [*1]
RKPC4881
2 -Tilt the floor (1) and engage lock pin. (For details, see
"20 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS").
3 -Drain the fuel.
6 Fuel: max. 19 l 1
4 -Drain the coolant.
6 Coolant:
6 Hydraulic oil: approx 15.2 l RKPC4931
6 -Disconnect hoses (2), (3) and remove suction filter (4).

[*2] 2 4
3
RKPC4802
7 -Open the rear door; loosen and remove the screws (5)
and remove battery main switch assembly (6).
a Place the assembly to one side. 6
RKPC4961
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-21

8 -Open the rear right door and disconnect the fuel supply
hose (7) from the decanter (6). 9
9 -Remove the decanter retaining screw (8) and
disconnect the hose (9) connecting to the fuel supply
8 6 6
pump. 7
a Plug hoses and filter to prevent contamination.
RKPC0261
10 -Disconnect the fuel return hose (10).
10
RKPB8513
11 -Remove left side panel (11) and rear left cover (12).
12
11
RKPC5000
12 -Remove battery (13) and holders (14), (15) of guard

(12).
k Disconnect the negative (–) battery terminal first

15
and then the positive (+) battery terminal.
13
14
RKPC4971
30-22 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

13 -Remove the screws and release the straps (16), (17).
14 -Disconnect the fuel level connector (18).
15 -Remove battery holder (19). 16

19
17
18
RKPB8542
16 -Connect the rear counterweight (20) and tank (21) to

some hoisting tackle.
20
21
RKPB8552
17 -Loosen and remove three screws (22), and one screw

(23) securing the counterweight (20). [*3]
23
22
RKPB8573
18 -Remove the full counterweight (20).
4 Counterweight: 20
PC14R-3: Approx 114 kg
RKPB8561
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-23

19 -Disconnect the control cable (25) from the accelerator

lever (24). 24
25
20 -Remove the holder (26).
26
RKPB8582
21 -Remove the radiator (27).

(For details, see "RADIATOR").
27
RKPB8443
22 -Remove the fan (28) and the fan guard (29).

29
28
RKPB8591
23 -Version with cab only:

disconnect heating hoses (30), (31) from engine.
31
30
RKPB8631
30-24 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

24 -Remove hose clamp (32).
32
RKPB8641
25 -Disconnect connectors (33), (34) temperature sensor

connector (35), glow plug power cable (36), and remove
the strap (37). 33
37
36 34
35
RKPB8602
26 -Disconnect connector (39) and harness cable (40) from

starter (38). 38
27 -Disconnect the oil pressure sensor wire (41) and ground
41
wire (42).
40
39
42
RKPB8612

alternator (43).
43
45 44
RKPB8622
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-25

29 -Disconnect the delivery hoses from the hydraulic pump:
a PC14R-3: 46
no. (46) to control valve 46
no. (47) to servo-control solenoid valve
no. (48) to tank 47 48
a PC16R-3:
no. (46) to control valve 48
no. (47) to servo-control solenoid valve
no. (48) to tank 47
RKPB7875
30 -Disconnect the suction hose (49).
49
RKPB8651
31 -Connect the engine-pump assembly (50) to some

hoisting tackle and slightly tension the cables or chains.
50
RKPB8661
32 -Loosen and remove four screws (51) from front and rear
vibration dampers (52). [*4]
51
51
52
52
RKPB8671
30-26 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

33 -Remove the engine-pump group (50).
a Check to ensure that the group is completely

disconnected from hoses and wiring harness.
a When lifting the group, make sure it does not

interfere with other vehicle parts.
4 Engine-pump: PC14R-3: Approx 120 kg 50

RKPB8681
Installation
[*1]
3 Canopy retaning screws: 98 -122 Nm
2 Canopy retaning screws: Loctite 262
3 Cab screws: 65 -72 Nm
[*2]
3 Engine-filter hose clamp: 8.8±0.5 Nm

Filter inlet hose clamp: 5.9±0.5 Nm
[*3]
3 Counterweight screws:
Right side and centre: 152 – 192 Nm
Left side: 456 -568 Nm
a Be careful not to squeeze the fuel supply hose (7)

between counterweight and frame.
[*4]
2 Engine assembly mounting screws: Loctite 262
3 Engine assembly mounting screws: 59 -74 Nm
1 -Fill with engine coolant.
7
5 Coolant:
RKPB8693

2 -Fill hydraulic oil tank.
3 -Start and run the engine at low idling speed for a few
minutes; stop the engine, check all levels and top up as
necessary.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-27

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC PUMP
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Removal
k Eliminate pressure from hydraulic oil tank.
1
ADJUSTMENTS").

ADJUSTMENTS").

RKPC4700
3 -Remove left side panel (2) and rear left cover (3).
2
RKPC5001
4 -Remove battery (4) and holders (5), (6) of guard (3).

6
RKPC4972
5 -Remove the screws and release the straps (7), (8).
6 -Disconnect the fuel level connector (9).
7 -Remove battery holder (10). 7

10
RKPB8543
30-28 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC PUMP
8 -Disconnect the delivery hoses from the hydraulic pump:
a PC14R-3: 11
(11) to control valve 11
(12) to servo-control solenoid valve
(13) to tank 12 13
a PC16R-3:
(11) to control valve 13
(12) to servo-control solenoid valve
(13) to tank 12
RKPB7876
9 -Disconnect the suction hose (14).
14
RKPB8701
10 -Loosen and remove two screws (15) and remove pump

(16). [*1] 15
15
16
Installation
[*1] 16
3 ScrewsPC14R-3: 59 – 74 Nm
RKPB7877
Screws PC16R-3: 98 -123 Nm
2 -Start and run engine at low idling speed for a few

minutes; stop the engine and check the oil level in the
tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-29

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACKS
TRACKS
Removal
1 -Rotate the revolving frame by 90° to the side of the track
(1) to be removed and place the back of the bucket on
the ground with the arm at right angles to the ground;
force with the boom to raise track (1).
RKPC6840
2 -Loosen the valve (2) slowly to let grease out and to

neutralise track tension.
k Do not loosen the valve by more than one turn. The

2
RKPB8721
3 -Loosen the track (1) completely.
RKPB8730
4 -Using the forks of a lift truck, support the upper section of

the track.
Lift the track (1) on the side of the idler wheel (3) and 3
disengage it from idler wheel.
5 - Also disengage the track from the sprocket wheel (4).
6 -Remove the track-shoe (1).
4 Rubber shoe specification: approx 45 kg

steel shoe specification: approx 70 kg 4
1
RKPB8740
30-30 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACKS
Installation
[*1]
a Adjust track tension.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-31

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER WHEEL
IDLER WHEEL
Assembling
a Only the assembly procedure will be described.
A1
1 -Using driver kit A1, install two bearings (2) to the wheel
(1). 2
2 Bearing seats: Grease ASL800050
1 2
RKP14430
2 -Install shaft (3) and snap rings (4).
3 4
RKP14440
3 -Using driver A2, install sealing rings (5) to wheel (1).
2 Sealing rings: Grease ASL800050 A2

5
1
5
RKP14450
4 -Install supports (6) to shaft (3) and secure with screws

(7). 9
2 Screws: Loctite 262 6 8
5 -Install plate (8) and lock into position with screws (9).
2 Screws: Loctite 262

3 6
6 -Steel tracks only, install the recoil package.
7
7 RKP14460
30-32 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PISTON - RECOIL SPRING - CYLINDER
PISTON - RECOIL SPRING - CYLINDER
PISTON ASSEMBLY
Removal
7
1 -Remove the grease fitting (1) and valve (2) from piston
(3).
8
2 -Pull piston (3) out from cylinder (4).
6
5
1
3 2
10
11
12
9
4
RKP14720
Assembling
1 -Fill cylinder (9) to the top with grease.
2 Filling: Grease ASL800050

2 -Install valve (2) and grease fitting (1) to piston (3).
a Tighten the valve (2), then loosen by 2 turns.

3 -Push piston (3) into cylinder (9) and supply steady
pressure to ram piston to end of stroke, then let the air
out of the cylinder.
4 -When the piston is at end of stroke, tighten the valve (2).
3 Valve: 6 -7.5 Nm
5 - Rotate the grease fitting towards the outside of the
vehicle.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-33

RECOIL SPRING
Removal
a Steel tracks only B1
1 -Remove the cotter pin (5) locking the nut (6). 6
a Replace cotter pin at each disassembly.
2 -Use tool B1 and place recoil assembly under a press.
7
3 -Gradually apply enough pressure to compress the
spring so the nut can be removed (6).
4 -Gradually release pressure and remove first the plate

(7), then the spring (8) from the cylinder (9). 8
a Free spring length: 200 mm

L
RKP14480
Assembling
1 -Install spring (8) and plate (7) to cylinder (9).
2 -Position the assembly under a press.
3 -Using tool B1, gradually apply enough pressure to

compress the spring (8) until operating lengthL is
reached.
a Spring size: L = 168 mm

a Spring preload: 700 kg
4 -Tighten the nut (6) and lock into position with the cotter
pin (5).
30-34 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CYLINDER
Removal 9
1 -Remove the scraper ring (10), anti-extrusion ring (11) 11
and O-ring (12) from cylinder (9).
12 11 10
a Note down the orientation of the scraper ring (10)

and the location of the anti-extrusion ring.
10
Assembling 12
• Assemble by reversing the disassembly procedure.
2 O-ring: Grease ASL800050

RKP05210
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-35

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER ROLLERS
IDLER ROLLERS
Removal
1 -Loosen the valve (1) slowly to let grease out and to
neutralise track tension.
k Do not loosen the valve by more than one turn. The 1
a If grease is hard to come out, move vehicle forward
and rearward slowly. [*1]
2 -Rotate the revolving frame 90° to the removal side; force
with the boom to raise the lower track frame (2).
RKPC5010
3 -Steel tracks only

Remove the stopper plate (3).
4 -Loosen the screws (4) and remove the rollers (5). [*2] 2
4
5
3
RKPA1251
Installation
2
[*1]
a With the lower track frame (2) raised, install the idler 4
rollers (5) and lightly tighten the clamping screws
(4).
a Slowly lower the lower track frame (2) until the

rollers (5) are completely against the track, then 5
torque the screws tightly (4). 5
2 Roller clamping screws: Loctite 262
RKPB8750
3 Roller clamping screws: 60 -75 Nm

[*2]
a Restore track tension.

ADJUSTMENTS").
30-36 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER ROLLERS
Assembling
1
a The assembly procedure is described below.
2
1 -Using kit A1, install bearings (5) to the roller (6).
3
2 Bearings: Grease ASL800050
5
2 -Install shaft (4) and snap rings (3).
6
3 -Using driver A3, install either sealing ring (2).
2 Sealing ring: Grease ASL800050
2
1
RKP14490
4 -Fill the inside of the roller with grease (about 44 g)
2 Grease: ASL800050
A1
RKP14500
5 -Install the second sealing ring (2).
6 -Install the protective rings (1). A3
4
2
RKP14510
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-37

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION FLOOR
FLOOR
Removal
to prevent contamination.
1 -Remove canopy or cab.

(For details, see "CANOPY" or "CABIN").
RKPC5020

ADJUSTMENTS").
3 -Remove the screws and the frame side panels (2).

1
(For details, see "UPPER FRAME").
2
RKPC4932
4 -Remove the battery (3).

RKPC4973
5 -Disconnect connector (4) and remove two straps (5)

guiding the accelerator cable.
5
4
RKPC4981
30-38 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

6 -Disconnect connectors (6), (7), (8) and horn connector

(9).
6
8
7
9
RKPB8790
7 -Disconnect the connector (11), temperature sensor

connector (12), glow plug power cable (13), and remove
the strap (14).
14
13 11
12
RKPB8601

starter (15). 15
9 -Disconnect the oil pressure sensor wire (18) and ground
18
wire (19).
17
16
19
RKPB8611

alternator (20).
20
21
22
RKPB8621
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-39

11 -Disconnect the fuel supply pump connector (23) and

remove the straps holding the wiring harness to the
frame.
23
RKPB8800
12 -For PC14R-3: disconnect connector (24) from the

solenoid valve group. 24 26
For the PC14R-3 with travel increment and the
PC16R-3: disconnect connectors (25), (26) from the
solenoid valve group.
a If connectors bear no identification marks, mark

their position.
25
RKPB8810
13 -Versions with variable gauge only:

disconnect connector (27) from solenoid valve (28).
28
27
RKPC0230
14 -Disconnect the ground wire (29) from the floor.
29
RKPB8820
30-40 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

15 -Working on the control valve, disconnect hoses coming

from RH, LH and blade PPC valves (in all, 10 hoses 1 2 5 6 7
relating to elements no. 1,2,5,6, and 7).
a Check to ensure that all hoses have marks scribbled

on, and note down their plugging positions.
a Guard the quick connections and plug lines and

holes to prevent contamination.
RKPC5030
16 -Disconnect the servo-control feed and drain hoses (30),

(31) (marked asMandSrespectively). [*1]
30
31
RKPC5050
17 -Disconnect hoses (33), (34) from the optional

equipment control PPC valve (32).
33
34
32
RKPC5070
18 –Disconnect four hoses (36) from the travel PPC valve

(35).
a Note down the connection positions.

31 36
36 RKPC5060
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-41

19 -Remove the strap (37) retaining the hoses coming from

the PPC valves.
37
RKPC5040
20 -Disconnect hoses (39), (40) from the boom swing

control PPC valve (38).
40
39
38
RKPC5080
21 -Remove the cotter pin and disconnect the accelerator

cable (41).
43 41
a Replace cotter pin at each disassembly.
22 -Measure gap “A” and note it down. Loosen nut (42) and
slide sleeve (44) out of the holder (43). [*6]
a Slide out the cable (44) and route it towards the front
of the vehicle. 44 A
42
RKPB8583
23 -Connect the floor handrail (1) to some hoisting tackle;

disengage the floor, tilt the floor and slightly tension the
cables.
RKPC5090
30-42 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

24 -Remove the screws (45) and disconnect the gas

damper from the floor (46). A
k Be very careful as the damper is preloaded and it
45
may suddenly move causing serious injury.
A: canopy versions 46
B: cabin versions
RKPC5100
B
45
45
46
46
RKPB8892
25 -Versions with cab only: remove the screws (47) and

remove the tilt limiter guide (48). 47
48
47
RKPB8931
26 -Versions with canopy only: Remove the lock pin (49)

and take out the variable stop pin (50).
50
49
RKPC5130
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-43

27 -Versions with cab only: remove the locking pin (51);

remove the cotter pin and remove the pin (52).
a Replace cotter pin at each disassembly. 52

51
RKPB8900
27 -Without loosing cable tension, slowly rotate the floor (1)

to the limit of its tilt travel.
28 -Remove the screws and remove the fulcrum pins (53).
29 -Check to ensure that the floor (1) is free from all

encumbrances (lines and wires) then remove the floor.
4 Full floor: approx 146 kg

1
1
53
RKPC5110
Installation
1 -Versions with cab only: remove the screws and 55
remove the clamps (54) and spring (55). 54
54
55
RKPB8940
2 -Place floor (1) into position. Install and lock the fulcrum
pins (53).
1
1
53
RKPC5110
30-44 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

3 -Versions with cab only: without loosing cable tension,

rotate the floor (1) towards the front of the vehicle until
you are able to install the spring (55) and clamps (54). 55
54
54
55
RKPB8940
4 -Versions with cab only: install the tilt limiter guide.
5 -Secure the gas damper (46).
46
RKPC5101
6 -Versions with canopy only: Introduce the lock pin (49)

and stop pin (50).
50
49
RKPC5120
6 -Versions with cab only: install the locking pin (51), pin
(52) and cotter; disconnect the hoisting tackle.
52
51
RKPB8900
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-45

7 -Carry out the installation procedure by reversing the

removal procedure.
[*1]
a Check connections carefully.

[*2]
a Check length of accelerator cable.

ADJUSTMENTS"
5Hydraulic oil: 15.2 l

minutes; stop the engine and check the oil level in
the tank.
ADJUSTMENTS".
30-46 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION UPPER FRAME
UPPER FRAME
Removal
to prevent contamination.
1 -Rotate the frame by 90°; fully extend the working

equipment and lower it to the ground; also lower the
blade to the ground and stop the engine.
RKPC4760
2 -Release residual pressure from all circuits and drain the

hydraulic oil.

3 -Remove the floor.
(For details, see "FLOOR").
RKPC5091
4 -Remove the working equipment unit (1) leaving the

boom cylinder in its seat (2).
(For details, see "WORKING EQUIPMENT").
1
RKPC0190
5 -Disconnect actuator lines (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), delivery

hose (9), exhaust hose (10) and LS hose (11) from 9 4 5 6 7 8
control valve (3).
(4) Boom swing
(5) Left travel
(6) Right travel
(7) Boom
(8) Blade 3
a Mark the hoses to avoid exchanging them during re- 11
installation. 10
RKPB8950
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-47

6 -Versions with variable gauge only:

disconnect lines (13) and (14) from solenoid valve (12). 14
12
a Mark the hoses to avoid exchanging them during re-
installation.
13
RKPB8990
7 -Disconnect the swing motor drain hose (15) from the

control valve (3).
3
15
RKPB9030
8 -Remove the plate (16), pin (17) and boom cylinder.

[*1]
16
17
RKPB8980
9 -Loosen and remove the front screws (18) retaining the

control valve mounting.
18
RKPB9040
30-48 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

10 -Loosen and remove screws (19), washers (20) and

vibration damping rings (21).
19
20
21
RKPB9050
11 -Rotate control valve (3) and remove LS fitting (22).
22
RKPB9060
12 -Remove the holders (23) and the floor tilt spring (24).
24
23
23
24
RKPB8941
13 -Remove the servo-control lines (25) from the front

compartment. 25
25
25
RKPB9070
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-49

14 -Move the control valve assembly (3) to the rear of the

vehicle, connect some hoisting tackle and remove the 3
whole support assembly.
RKPB9080
15 -Disconnect the travel motor drain hose from the swivel

joint (26).
29
16 -Remove screws (27) and disconnect the joint drive
bracket (28). [*2]
26
17 -Disconnect the swing circle lubrication hose (29) and 30
remove fitting (30).
27
28
RKPB9000
18 -Gather all the lines previously disconnected from the

control valve at the joint and tie them up with a belt “A”.
RKPB9010
19 -Connect upper frame (31) to some hoisting tackle and

slightly tension the cables.
a Adjust the length of the cables so the frame is as

level as possible when lifted.
31
RKPB9020
30-50 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

20 -Loosen and remove the frame retaining screws (32).

[*3]
21 -Slowly lift the frame (30) making sure that it is free from
interfering parts and paying attention not to damage the 32
swivel joint.
4 Full frame: 146 kg
32
RKPB9011
Installation
[*1]
2 Base side pin and swivel support surfaces:

ASL800040
2 Head side pin and protection: ASL800050

[*2]

3 Screws: 65 -72 Nm
[*3]

3 Screws: 65.7 Nm
1 - Fill tank up to maximum level; start the engine to allow
the oil to flow, then top up.
2 - Bleed air from all cylinders and pressurize the system.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-51

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING CIRCLE
SWING CIRCLE
Removal
1 -Remove the upper frame. 1
(For details, see "UPPER FRAME").
2 -Loosen and remove swing circle retaining screws (1). 1

[*1]
3 -Remove the swing circle (2). [*2]
2
RKPB9090
Installation
• To install, reverse the removal procedure. B
[*1]

3 Screws: 65.7 Nm
[*2]
a When positioning the swing circle, orientate the inner

ring area marked with “S” and the “b” area of the outer
S
ring to the positions shown. RKPB9100
2 When installation is complete, lubricate the

teeth of the swing circle with ASL800040
grease.
30-52 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWIVEL JOINT
SWIVEL JOINT
Removal
1 -Rotate the revolving frame by 180°, raise the blade (1),
place blocks “A” under it, and raise the vehicle by forcing
down on the blade and working equipment.
1
2 -Place some stands “B” under the tracks; lower the
vehicle so it rests on the stands and stop the engine.
A
3 -Release all residual pressure and drain the hydraulic
oil.
6 Hydraulic oil: approx 15.2 l B

RKPC5140
4 -Remove the lower protective panel (2).
RKPB9120
5 -Disconnect all hoses (4) from the lower portion of the

swivel joint (3).
a Ensure that all the hoses are marked with the letters 3
of their matching ports.
4 4
a Immediately plug hoses and holes to prevent
contamination.
RKPB9130
6 -Tilt the floor (5) and engage lock pin.

(For details, see "20 CONTROLS AND 5
ADJUSTMENTS".).
RKPC5002
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-53

7 -All vehicles disconnect from the control valve all the

lines that are connected to the following elements:
(3) (left travel)
(4) (right travel)
(7) (blade control)
3 4 7 RKPB9140
8 -PC14R-3 with increment and PC16R-3: disconnect

line (7) from solenoid valve package (6) and disconnect
drain hose (8) from swivel joint.
7
RKPB9150
9 -PC14R-HS and PC16R-HS: disconnect the track frame

spreading line and the blade line (10), (11) from the
solenoid valve package (9).
a Immediately plug all lines and holes to prevent entry

8
of impurities.
RKPB9001
11
9
10
RKPB9160
30-54 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

10 -Remove screws (12) and disconnect the anti rotation

lever (13).
[*1]
12
13
RKPB9002
11 -Collect all hoses above the swivel joint (14) and then tie
them up with a belt “A”.
14
RKPB9012
12 -Loosen and remove screws (15) and remove joint (14).

15
Installation
15
2 Bracket screws: Loctite 262

RKPB9170
3 Bracket screws: 65 -72 Nm


tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-55

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING MOTOR
SWING MOTOR
Removal
1
oil.

ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC5003
3 -Remove the cotter pin (2) and remove the revolving

frame rotation stop handle (3).
RKPB9180
4 -Remove two screws (4) and remove the revolving frame

stop support (5). 5
RKPB9190
5 -Disconnect lines (7), (8) and (9) from swing motor.
a Plug lines and holes to prevent contamination.

6 -Loosen and remove four screws (10). 7
7 -Remove motor (6).
8
4 Engine: approx 22 kg
9 6
10
10
RKPB8061
30-56 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SWING MOTOR
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-57

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Removal
1 -Release all residual pressure and drain the hydraulic 1
oil.

2 -Tilt the floor and engage the lock pin.
ADJUSTMENTS").
3- Remove the left protective panel (1) LH side panel (2).

2
RKPC4860
4 -Remove the battery (3).

RKPC4973
5 -Remove the screws (4) retaining the battery holder (5).
RKPB9201
6 -Versions with cab only: remove screw (6); remove the

screws (7) retaining the guide (8) and release the tank
from the release.
7
8
RKPC0311
30-58 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

7 -Remove the screw (9) retaining the accelerator cable

strap.
9
RKPB9211
8 -Mark and disconnect the drain and discharge hoses (10)

connected at the inner wall of the tank (3 hoses on PC14 10
- 4 hoses on PC16).
10
RKPB9221
9 -Loosen the hose clamps (11) and disconnect the pump

suction sleeve (12).
a Plug sleeve and suction hose to prevent

contamination.
11
11
12 12
RKPB9231
10 -Loosen and remove four screws (13) and washers and

slide the tank out to the side.
13
13
RKPB9241
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-59

Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
30-60 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SERVO-CONTROLS SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE
SERVO-CONTROLS SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE

Removal
1
a Package for vehicle with travel increment shown.
On PC14R-3, the package contains only the servo-
controls solenoid valve.

oil.
6 Hydraulic oil: 15.2 l

ADJUSTMENTS"). RKPC5003
3 -Mark the positions and disconnect the connectors (2),

(3). 2
4 -Disconnect the increment hose and the servo-control 6
hose (5), (6) from the feed and drain bundle (4).
3
5 -Remove the lower screws and remove the complete
package (7). 5
4
7
RKPB9250
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS".
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-61

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION RH PPC VALVE (BOOM - BUCKET)
RH PPC VALVE (BOOM - BUCKET)

Removal
the ignition key.
1 - Release residual pressure from all circuits.

ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4910
2 -Remove armrest (1) and knobs (2) and (3) from the
blade and accelerator control levers. 1
RKPC5150
3 -Lift the boot (4) and remove the screws (5).

5
4 -Take out the rear screws (6). 6
RKPC5160
5 -Remove the collar (7) retaining the boot.
RKPC5170
30-62 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

6 -Partially raise the instrument panel (8); loosen and

remove screws (9), washers and armrest holder (10). 8
10
RKPC5180
7 -Lift the instrument panel, disengage panel from levers,

disconnect instrument connectors (11), (12) and place 12
to a side.
11
RKPC5190
8 -Disconnect the horn connector (13).
13
RKPB9321
9 -Remove the front guard (14) protecting the PPC lines

and cut the strap (15) retaining the servo-control lines.
15
14
RKPC5200
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-63

10 -Tilt the floor (16).

16
RKPC5004

the PPC valves.
17
RKPC5041
12 -Remove three screws (18) and lift the PCC valve (19).
13 -Disconnect the hoses and ensure that all hoses have 19

marks scribbled on; also note down their plugging
positions. [*2]
18
RKPC5210
30-64 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Installation
[*1] 4 3
a Location for hose connection: 2
P T 1 2 3 4
M S D S A D
white white red red green green P
T
1
RKPC6850
[*2]
3 Actuator fittings (red - green): 34 -35 Nm

3 Feed and drain fittings (white):
34 – 44 Nm

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS"
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-65

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION LH PPC VALVE (ARM - BUCKET)
LH PPC VALVE (ARM - BUCKET)

Removal
the ignition key.
1 -Release residual pressure from all circuits.

ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4910
2 -Remove armrest (1) and optional device push button

panel (2).
1
a Disconnect any connectors.
RKPC5220
3 -Remove the collar (3) retaining the boot.
RKPC5230
4 -Remove screws (4), washers and armrest holder (5).

Remove cover (6).
6
5
RKPC5241
30-66 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

5 -Remove the retaining screws and lift the cover (6);

disengage it from the PPC valve lever (7) and place it to 6
7
one side.
(For details, see " RH PPC VALVE (BOOM -
BUCKET)").
RKPC6860
6 -Tilt the floor (8).

8
RKPC5005

the PPC valve.
RKPC5042
8 -Remove three screws (10) and lower off the PPC valve
(11) and hoses.
9 -Disconnect the hoses and ensure that they have marks 11

scribbled on; also note down their plugging positions. 10
[*2]
RKPC6870
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-67

Installation
[*1] 4 3
a Location for hose connection: 2
P T 1 2 3 4
M S A C R L
white white yellow yellow blue blue P
T
1
RKPC6910
[*2]
3 Actuator fittings (yellow - blue): 34 -35 Nm

3 Feed and drain fittings (white):
34 – 44 Nm

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS"
30-68 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION UPPER FRAME SIDE SHIELD
UPPER FRAME SIDE SHIELD

Removal
1
ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC5003
RH SHIELD
1 -Loosen and remove screws (1) and (2).
1
2 -Loosen and remove screw (3).
3
2 RKPB9690
3 -Remove the screws (4) and remove the door (5).
5 4
RKPC4861
4 -Remove the screws and remove the protective cover

(6).
6
RKPB8033
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-69

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION UPPER FRAME SIDE SHIELD
LH SHIELD
1 -Remove the screws (1) and remove the rear left
protective cover (2).
2
1
1
RKPC5250
2 -Loosen and remove the front screw (3) and two lower
screws (4).
4
4
RKPB9711
2 -Disconnect the connector (5) from the front receptacle.
RKPB9583
3 -Remove the side panel (6).
Installation
• To install, reverse the removal procedure. 6
RKPB8402
30-70 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE PPC VALVE
BLADE PPC VALVE

Removal
1 -Remove instrument panel (see "RH PPC VALVE
(BOOM - BUCKET)") and release residual pressure.
2 -Tilt the floor (1) and engage the lock pin. 1

ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4931
3 -Disconnect hose (2) (M white), (3) (S white) from

distribution blocks.
RKPC5051
4 -Remove the front guard (4) protecting the PPC lines and
cut the strap (5) retaining the servo-control lines.
RKPC5201
5 -Remove screws (6) and remove the PPC valve (7) and
hoses.
7
6
RKPC6880
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-71

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE PPC VALVE
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
30-72 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE

Removal
1 -Release residual pressure, tilt the floor (1) and engage
lock pin.
(For details, see "20 CONTROLS AND 1
ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4700
2 -Disconnect the feed and drain lines (2) and actuator

lines (3). 3
RKPC5071
3 -Loosen locknut (4) and remove the pedal (5).
4 -Remove screws (6) and remove PPC valve (7).
5
RKPC5260
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-73

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE
Adjusting pedal travel

1 -Tighten the screws (6) until the pedal (5) runs the
maximum travel allowed by the PPC valve (7). 6
2 -Hold the pedal (5) at the end of its travel, rotate the
adjustment screw until the head touches the pedal. 4
3 -Release the pedal and turn the screw by an additional 4

half turn, then lock into position with a locknut (7).
a Carry out the adjustment procedure on the opposite 7

side as well.
5
RKPC5261
30-74 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING PPC VALVE
BOOM SWING PPC VALVE

Removal
1
lock pin.
ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC5003
2 - Disconnect the feed and drain hoses (2) (M white - S

white) and actuator hoses (3) (H yellow and H green).
2
3
3
RKPC5081
3 -Loosen and remove screws (4) and remove PPC valve

(5).
5
RKPC5290
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-75

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING PPC VALVE
PPC valve clearance adjustment

1 -Loosen nut (1) and tighten screw (2) until clearance
between pedal and actuator-piston is eliminated.
1
a Allowable clearance: 0.05 mm
2 -Lock nut (1) while holding screw (2) in its angle position.
a Carry out the adjustment procedure on both sides. 2
RKPC5280
30-76 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL PPC VALVE
TRAVEL PPC VALVE

Removal
1
lock pin.
ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC5003
2 -Disconnect the pressure switch connectors (2) for the

transmission warning horn.
Disconnect the following parts in the sequence given:
actuator Tee fittings:
C yellow - C green for LH track; 2
3
D green - D yellow for RH track.
Finally, disconnect the discharge hoses (S white) and
outlet hoses (M white).

a Place the actuator hoses under the floor closing 3 2
surface to prevent crushing. RKPC5061
4 -Close the floor.
5 -Loosen and remove screws (5) and remove control

levers (6). 6
6 -Loosen and remove screws (7) and remove protective
cover (8).
7 8
RKPC5300
7 -Remove screws (9) and remove PPC valve (10).
9
10
RKPC5440
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-77

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL PPC VALVE
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
30-78 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION FUNCTION SELECTION SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION SELECTION SOLENOID VALVE

(HS version only)
Removal
lock pin.
ADJUSTMENTS").
RKPC4701
2 -PC14R-3: disconnect pump-to-control valve delivery

hose (1).
PC16R-3: disconnect both hoses (1), (2).
2
RKPB9790
3 -Disconnect the swing motor hoses (4), (C2 - C3) from

the solenoid valve (3). 6
3
4 -Disconnect hoses (5) (P1 - P2) and hoses (6) (C1 - C4).

4
installation.
5 -Loosen and remove the screws and remove solenoid

5
valve (3).
RKPB8991
Installation

tank.

ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-79

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL MOTOR
TRAVEL MOTOR
Removal
k Lower the working equipment until it is resting on the
ground, and stop the engine.
k Release all residual pressures from all circuits and from 1

the tank.
ADJUSTMENTS").
1 -Remove the protective cover (1).
RKPB9380
2 -Disconnect the hydraulic feed lines (3) from the motor

(2).
a PC14R-3 with travel increment and PC16R-3.

Also disconnect the travel increment hose (4) and
drain hose (5).
6
RKPB9390
3 -Take out the screws (6) that secure the motor (2). [*1]
4 -Remove the motor (2). 5
3 6
Installation 4
• To install, reverse the removal procedure. RKPB8101
[*1]
2 Motor screws: Loctite 262
3 Motor screws: 75 Nm
1 -Start the engine and bleed air from the travel motors.
ADJUSTMENTS").
2 -Stop the engine and check the oil level in the tank. If
necessary, top it up.
30-80 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRAVEL MOTOR (with increment)
TRAVEL MOTOR (with increment)

Assembling
(60) 58 55 47 21 49 48 29 46 42 43 20 30 16 17 1 6 4 3 2 1
P
A
61
A
63 57 51 53 50 25 24 28 45 44 23 31 32 33 40 39 5 15 14 13
36 34 35 37 8 10 9
P
12 11 7
A-A RKP13880
a Only the assembly procedure will be described.
1. Hydraulic motor section 1

• Body 1 (1)
a The parts other than the O-rings are supplied only 2

as the parts of body 1 sub-assembly.
RKPB9810
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-81

1 -Insert spool assembly (2), rings (3) (both sides), and

springs (4) (both sides) in body 1 (1) in order.
2 -Fit O-rings (5) to plugs (6) (both sides) and tighten the
plugs.
3
a O-ring (5): See the sectional structure drawing.
a Plug (6): See photo in 4.
a Spool assembly (2) cannot be disassembled.
3 Plug: 127 – 167 Nm (13 – 17 kgm)
(Width across flats of socket: 27 mm)
RKPB9820
RKPB9830
3 -Install spool (8), spool (9), and spring (10) to 2nd gear
spool (7).
8 7 10 9
RKPB9840
4 -Insert 2nd gear spool (7) assembly in body 1 (1).

1
a Take care of the positions of the spool (7) and spring
(10) (See the sectional structure drawing).
6
7 RKPB9850
30-82 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

5 -Fit O-rings (11) to plugs (12) (both sides) and tighten the
plugs. 1
a O-ring (11): See the sectional structure drawing.
3 Plug: 46 – 51 Nm (4.7 – 5.3 kgm)
(Width across flats of hexagon socket head: 8
mm
12
RKPB9860
6 -Insert shaft spool (13) and rollers (14) (both sides) in

body 1 (1) and tighten plugs (15) (both sides). 1
3 Plug: 12 – 18 Nm (1.2 – 1.8 Nm)

mm
13
RKPB9870
14
RKPB9880
15
RKPB9890
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-83

7 -Press fit bearing (17) and spring pin (16) to body 1 (1).
1 16
17
RKPB9900
8 -Install O-rings (18) and (19) to body 1.
18
19
RKPB9910
Body 2 (20)
9 -Press fit oil seal (21) to body 2 (20) 20

2 Sealing ring lips: ASL800050
21
RKP13900
10 -Install parallel pin..
20
22
RKPB9920
30-84 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

11 -Press fit bearing (24) to shaft (23).
a The shaft is not supplied loose.

24
23
RKPB9930
12 -Install control piston (25) to body 2 (20)..
20
25
RKPB9940
13 -Install shaft assembly (23) to body 2 (20).
a Take care not to damage oil seal (21) with the shaft.
20
21
26 RKPB9950
14 -Install balls (27) (2 pieces) to body 2 (20).
27 20
RKPB9960
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-85

15 -Install the swash plate (28).
2 Sliding surface of swash plate: Hydraulic oil

20
2 Rear side of swash plate:

ASL800050
(only if swash plate separates) 28
RKPB9970
16 –Install cylinder barrel (30) into body 2 (20) so that the

shoes (29) contact the swash plate (28). 29 20
2 Piston holes on cylinder barrel: hydraulic oil
a The parts of cylinder barrel assembly (30) are
supplied only in an assembly.
28
30
RKPB9980
17 -Set disc plate (31) in body 2 (20), matching it to the

groove. 31
20
RKPB9990
18 -Set steel plate (32) in body 2 (20), matching it to the

groove.
20
32
RKPC0010
30-86 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

19 -Fit O-rings (34) and (35) and backup rings (36) and (37)
to brake piston (33) to make up brake piston assembly
(38).
a Take care of the positional relationship between the 33 36

O-rings and backup rings.
34
35
37
RKP13890
33
RKPC0020
20 -Insert brake piston assembly (38) in body 2 (20).
2 O-ring: ASL800050 20
a When assembling, take care that the seals will not
be caught.
5 Inside of body 2 (20):

Hydraulic oil (approx.100 cm3)
38 RKPC0030
21 -Install valve plate (39) and springs (40) (14 pieces) to

body 1 (1) and combine them with body 2 (20). 39
a Install the valve plate with the copper side up (on the
cylinder barrel side). 1
2 Sliding surface (Copper side) of valve plate:
hydraulic oil 40
2 Back side (Steel side) of valve plate:
ASL800050
a Install springs (40) (14 pieces) to the places marked

with q in the following figure. RKP13910
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-87

20 1
40
RKPC0040
2. Reduction gear unit
1 -Install floating seal (42) and O-ring (43) to hydraulic

motor (41).
2 O-ring: ASL800050
a Insert seal ring (42) with the sealing surface up.
42
43
41 RKPC0050
2 -Install bearing inner race (44) and steel balls (45) having
the retainer to hydraulic motor (41) in order.
a Take care of the directions of the bearing inner (44)

race and retainer (45). (See the sectional structure
drawing.)
a The steel balls may come off the retainer. Take care
not to lose them
44
RKPC0060
3 -Set the O-ring to seal ring (46) and install them to body
(47).
2 O-ring: ASL800050
a Insert seal ring (46) with the sealing surface up.
44
45
41 RKPC0070
30-88 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

46
47 RKPC0080
4 -Install body (47) to hydraulic motor (41).
a Use a press or other suitable implement to install the 41

body (47).
47
RKPC0090
5 -Install steel balls (48) having the retainer and bearing

inner race (49) to the hydraulic motor in order. 48
a Take care of the directions of the bearing inner (49)

race and retainer (48). (See the sectional structure
drawing.)
a The steel balls may come off the retainer. Take care
not to lose them
RKPC0100
49
RKPC0110
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-89

6 -Fix the bearing with snap ring (50).
a Adjust the preload on the bearing by the thickness of

the snap ring. 50
B1
RKPC0120
7 -Install ring (51), thrust washer (52), gear (53), and

needle (54) to B1 pin of the hydraulic motor. 56
a Install these parts to all of the 4 places. 55
8 -Install thrust plate (55) and fix it with snap ring (56).
a Install the thrust plate with the convex side up.
54
a The snap ring has different sides. Install it with the
edge part up (on the cover side). 53
a If the snap ring is expanded too much, its clamping 52
force is lost. If it does not have sufficient clamping
force, replace it 51
RKP13920
9 -Install sun gear and carrier 2 assembly (58) to body (47).
a Sun gear (57): See the sectional structure drawing.

a Sun gear and carrier 2 assembly (58) is supplied
only as an assembly. (Including sun gear (57).
58
47
RKPC0130
10 -Install O-ring (59) to body (47).
2 O-ring: ASL800050
59
47
RKPC0140
30-90 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

11 -Insert slide ring (61) in cover (60).
2 Slide ring: ASL800050 For fitting the slide ring

to the cover
60 61 RKPC0150
12 -Supply hydraulic oil and install cover (60).
5 Body (47) : Hydraulic oil (approx.300 cm3)
a Take care not to damage the O-ring.

a Match the letters of "DRAIN" on the cover to the cut
of the body. (A)
60
A
RKPC0160
13 -Install O-snap ring (62) to fix cover (60).
a Use a flat bladed screwdriver on the edge of the

snap ring to drive in the ring following the contour of
the body (47). 60 62
RKPC0170
14 -Tighten socket head plugs (63) (G3/8).
a Tighten the plug on the side of the letters of "DRAIN"

first. (Lock the cover with the flange of the plug.)
2 Plug: 46 – 51 Nm {4.7 – 5.2 kgm}

mm)
63
RKPC0180
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-91

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SPROCKET WHEEL
SPROCKET WHEEL
Removal
1 -Remove the track pertaining to the wheel to be removed.
(For details, see "TRACKS").
2 -Place a safety block "A" underneath the track-frame.
RKP15300
3 -Take out the screws (1) and their washers.
4 -Remove the sprocket wheel (2). [*1]
4 Sprocket wheel: 5 kg
2 1
RKPB9400
Installation
[*1]

3 Screws: 75 Nm
30-92 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION COMPLETE FINAL DRIVE
COMPLETE FINAL DRIVE

Removal
1 -Remove the track relating to the final drive concerned. 3
2 -Disconnect the tubes (1) from the travel motor (2).

(For details, see "TRAVEL MOTOR").
2
3
RKPB9391
3 -Take out the screws (3).
4 -Remove the final drive (4) and the drive wheel (5). 4
4 Complete final drive: approx 17 kg
RKPC0320
Installation
[*1]
2 Final drive screws: Loctite 262

3 Final drive screws: 75 Nm
1 -Start the engine and bleed air from the travel motors.
ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-93

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IDLER WHEEL - RECOIL SPRING
IDLER WHEEL - RECOIL SPRING

Removal
1 -Remove the track.
2 -Rubber shoe specification: Slide off the idler wheel (2)

and cylinder (3) from the lower frame (1). 2
For steel tracks: slide off the idler wheel (2) and recoil
spring (4).
1
RKPA1221
2
3
RKPA1231
RKPA1242
Installation
1 -Restore track tension.
30-94 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM CYLINDER
BOOM CYLINDER
Removal
k Fully extend the arm and open the bucket completely. 2
Lower the equipment until it rests on the ground.
1 -Remove the protection (1) and the relative sliding
shoes. [*1]
2 -Stop the engine, release the pressures in the cylinder by
moving the right-hand PPC valve lever several times.
a Note down position of any shims and direction of 1
assembly.
3 -Remove the pin (2). [*2] [*3]
RKPB9410
4 -Lower the cylinder (3) until it rests on a stand “A”.

5 -Start the engine to retract the piston.
6 -Stop the engine and release the residual hydraulic 3
pressures. (For details, see "20 CONTROLS AND
ADJUSTMENTS").
7 -Disconnect the tubes (5) and plug them. Also plug the
holes in the cylinder to prevent the entry of impurities.
8 -Remove the pin (6). [*2] [*3] [*4] 4
a Note down position of any shims and direction of
assembly.
9 -Remove the cylinder (3).
RKPB8970
Installation
[*1] 5
a Check the centering and the smooth movement of
the protection (1) on the shoes.
2 Shoes and guides: ASL800050
[*2] 3
a Insert the shims. 6
[*3]
k When aligning the positions between the hole and
the pin, turn the engine over at low idling. RKPB9420
Do not insert fingers in the holes to check
alignment.
[*4]
2 Internal bushings: ASL800050
1 -Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinder.
ADJUSTMENTS").
a After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-95

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ARM CYLINDER
ARM CYLINDER
Removal
k Fully open the front working equipment. Operate and
lay the boom on a stand “A” and the arm on a block “B”.
1 -Stop the engine and release the pressures from the

cylinder by moving the left-hand PPC valve lever
several times.
2 -Place a block "C" beneath the cylinder (1).
3 -Remove the pin (2). [*1]

A
a Note down position of any shims and direction of B RKPC5330
assembly.
4 -Start the engine to retract the piston (3).

3 1
ADJUSTMENTS").
6 -Remove hose clamp (4). 2

7 -Disconnect the tubes (5) and plug them. Also plug the 4
holes in the cylinder to prevent the entry of impurities. C
8 -Remove the pin (6).

RKPC5310
assembly.
9 -Remove the cylinder (1). [*1]
Installation
[*1]

a Insert the shims.
2 When aligning the positions between the hole 4
and the pin, do not insert fingers in the holes to
check alignment.
RKPC5320
ADJUSTMENTS").
k After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank. 5
RKPB9460
30-96 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BUCKET CYLINDER
BUCKET CYLINDER
Removal
k Fully open the front working equipment. Operate and
lay the boom on a stand “A” and the arm on a block “B”.
1 -Stop the engine, release the pressures in the cylinder by

moving the right-hand PPC valve lever several times.
2 -Place a block “C” beneath the cylinder (1) and remove

the pin (2). [*1] [*2]
3 -Start the engine and retract the piston rod (4) and collect
A
the shims (3). [*3]
B RKPC5330

ADJUSTMENTS"). 1
5 -Disconnect the tubes (5) and (6) and plug them. Also
plug the holes in the cylinders to prevent the entry of
4
impurities. C
3
RKPC5340
5 6
RKPC5350
6 -Remove the pin (9). [*2] [*3] [*4]
7 -Remove cylinder (1) and shims (10).

10
1 9
RKPC5360
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-97

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BUCKET CYLINDER
Installation
[*1]
a Insert the shims.
2 When aligning the positions between the hole
and the pin, do not insert fingers in the holes to
check alignment.
ADJUSTMENTS").
k After bleeding the air, check the oil level in the tank.
30-98 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING CYLINDER
BOOM SWING CYLINDER

Removal
k Lower the working equipment to the ground with all
safety devices engaged. Rest the back of the bucket on
the ground with the arm in a vertical position.
1 -Stop the engine and move the command pedal several

times to release residual pressures.
RKPB9500
2 -Tilt the floor (1) and remove the right side door and guard
(2).
2 1
RKPB8031
3 -Apply a support to the cylinder (3).
4 -Remove the pin (4) and disengage the piston rod from its
support (5). [*1] [*2]
a Note down position of any shims and direction of 4 5

assembly. 3
5 -Start the engine and retract the piston rod (6).

ADJUSTMENTS"). 6
RKPB9511
7 -Disconnect the hoses (7) and plug them; also plug the
holes in the cylinder (3) to prevent the entry of impurities. 8
8 -Remove the pin (7) on the base side and remove the
cylinder.
[*1] [*2] [*3]

assembly.
7
7
RKPB8181
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-99

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING CYLINDER
Installation
[*1]
a Insert the shims.
the pin, do not insert fingers in the holes to check
alignment.
[*2]
ADJUSTMENTS").
30-100 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE CYLINDER
BLADE CYLINDER
Removal
k Lower the working equipment to the ground with all
safety devices engaged. Rest the back of the bucket on 1
the ground with the arm in a vertical position.
1 -Remove the protection (1).
a Place a supporting block «A» beneath the cylinder
“A”.
A
2 -Stop the engine, release the pressures in the cylinder (2)
by moving the command lever several times in both
directions. 3
3 -Remove the pin (3). [*1] [*3] RKPB8191

assembly.
4 -Start the engine to retract the piston (4). [*2]
4
5
ADJUSTMENTS").
6 -Disconnect the tubes (5) and plug them. Also plug the
holes in the cylinder (2) to prevent entry of impurities. 5
RKPB9521
7 -Remove the pin (6). [*1] [*2] [*3]
8 -Remove the cylinder (2).
6
Installation
[*1]
a Insert the shims.
[*2]
RKPB9531

alignment.
[*3]
ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-101

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACK-FRAME SPREADING CYLINDER (HS version only)
TRACK-FRAME SPREADING CYLINDER (HS version only)

Removal
1 -Spread the lower track-frame all the way and select the
“blade” operating mode; rotate the revolving frame by
180°.
2 -Raise the blade (1), place blocks “A” under it, and raise 1
the vehicle by forcing down on the blade and working
equipment (2). A
B
RKPB9110
4 -Remove the lower protective panel (2) and the piston

rod guard (3).
2
4 3
RKPB9121
5 -Support the cylinder (4) with a belt.
6 -Remove the screw (5) and remove the piston 5

connection pin (6), (7) [*1] [*2]
6
7 -Start the engine to retract the piston (7).
8 -Stop the engine and release the residual pressures.
RKPB9540
9 -Disconnect hoses (8), (9) from cylinder.

9
10 -Remove the screw (10), pin (11) and cylinder (4).
[*1] [*2] 8
11
10
RKPB9550
30-102 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION TRACK-FRAME SPREADING CYLINDER (HS version only)
Installation
[*1]

the pin, turn the engine over at low idling.
alignment.
[*2]
ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-103

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
Assembling
a The following steps are common to all the cylinders,
unless otherwise specified. To disassemble, reverse
the assembly procedure.
a Take care not to damage the packings, dust seals, O-

rings, etc.
a Clean all the parts. After assembling, cover the piping

ports and pin holes to prevent dirt from entering them.
a Do not insert each backup ring forcibly, but warm it in

water at 50 – 60 °C and then insert it.
CYLINDER
23
1 - Press fit bushing (24). 24
2 - Press fit 2 dust seals (23). 3
23
RKP13930
PISTON ROD
1 -Press fit bushing (22) to piston rod (6). 6
21
2 -Press fit 2 dust seals (21).
21
22
RKP13940
30-104 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY U4

1 -Using tool U4, press fit bushing (20) to cylinder head. 14
a Do not perform this step for boom cylinder.
20
RKP13950
2 -Using tool U5, press fit dust seal (18).

U5
18
RKP13960
3 -Install snap ring (17).

30 19
4 -Install rod packing (19).
17
5 -Install O-ring (15) and backup ring (16).
6 -Install O-ring (30).
7 -Install O-ring (12) and 2 backup rings (13).
a Install O-ring (12) and 2 anti-extrusion rings (13).

15
16
RKP13970
a Boom cylinder:
30 16 15
17
19
13 12 16 RKP13980
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-105

8 -Install cylinder head assembly (11) to piston rod (6).
11
6
RKP14000
PISTON ASSEMBLY
1 -Install cushion plunger (10) to piston rod (6).
a Perform this step for only the boom cylinder

10
RKP14010
2 -Set piston ring (9) to tool U6 and give 8 – 10 turns to the

handle to expand the piston ring.
U6
RKP14020
3 -Install piston ring (9) to piston (8).

U7 7
4 -Using tool U7, contract piston ring (9).
5 -Install wear ring (7).
8
9
RKP14030
30-106 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

6 -Install piston assembly (5) to piston rod (6).

5
6
RKP14040
7 -Set piston rod assembly (6) to tool U1.

U1
4 2
U3
8 -Using tool U3, install piston nut (4). RKP14050
• Width across flats of socket:

Boom cylinder:
PC14R-3: 30 mm - PC16R-3: 36 mm
Arm cylinder: U1
PC14R-3: 32 mm - PC16R-3: 41 mm
Bucket cylinder: 32 mm 4 2
Boom swing cylinder: 32 mm
Blade cylinder:
PC14R-3: 36 mm - PC16R-3: 41 mm
Variable gauge cylinder:
2 Nut: Loctite 262 U3
3 Nut:
Boom cylinder:
PC14R-3: 245 ± 24.5 Nm (25 ± 2.5 kgm) RKP14050
PC16R-3: 422 ± 42.0 Nm (43 ± 4.3 kgm)

Arm cylinder:
PC14R-3: 324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)
PC16R-3: 618 ± 61.8 Nm (63 ± 6.3 kgm)
Bucket cylinder:
324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)
Boom swing cylinder:
343 ± 34.0 Nm (35 ± 3.5 kgm)
Blade cylinder:
PC14R-3: 412 ± 41.0 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)
PC16R-3: 618 ± 62 Nm (63 ± 6.3 kgm)
324 ± 32.5 Nm (33 ± 3.3 kgm)
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-107

PISTON ROD
1 -Install piston rod assembly (2) to cylinder (3).
2 -Set cylinder assembly (1) to tool U1.
3 -Using tool U2, tighten cylinder head.
3 Cylinder head: 3
Boom cylinder:
PC14R-3: 412 ± 41 Nm (42 ± 4.2 kgm)
PC16R-3: 785 ± 78.5 Nm (80 ± 8.0 kgm)
Arm cylinder: 2
RKP14060
PC14R-3: 392 ± 39.0 Nm (40 ± 4.0 kgm)
PC16R-3: 569 ± 57.0 Nm (58 ± 5.8 kgm)
Bucket cylinder:
539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.5 kgm)
Boom swing cylinder: U1
441 ± 44.0 Nm (45 ± 4.5 kgm) U2 1
Blade cylinder:
PC14R-3: 490 ± 49.0 Nm (50 ± 5.0 kgm)
PC16R-3: 540 ± 54.0 Nm (50 ± 5.0 kgm)
539 ± 54.0 Nm (55 ± 5.5 kgm)
RKP14070
30-108 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION WORKING EQUIPMENT
WORKING EQUIPMENT
Removal
k Fully extend the arm and open the bucket completely. 2
Lower the equipment until it rests on the ground.
shoes. [*1]
2 -Stop the engine, release all the pressure in the cylinder
and de-pressurize the hydraulic system by moving the
PPC valve lever several times.
1
3 -Remove the pin (2). [*2]
assembly. RKPB9410
4 -Lower the cylinder (3) until it rests on a stand “A”.

3
5 -Start the engine to retract the piston. [*3]
pressures.
ADJUSTMENTS").
A
RKPB8971
7 -Disconnect two arm hoses (4) (A -C yellow) and two

bucket hoses (5) (A-C green) from the control valve; 4
plug the hoses and cylinder holes to prevent
contamination.
5 6
RKPB9141
Only if equipped: Disconnect the optional equipment

delivery hose (6) from the control valve and disconnect
hose (8) from block (7). 8
a Plug the tubes and fittings to prevent entry of
impurities.

installation.
7
RKPB9560
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-109

8 -Disconnect the connector (9) that supplies current to the

working spotlight.
9 -Remove the working spotlight (10) complete with its

bracket.
10
9
RKPC5370
10 -Disconnect the connector (11) that supplies current to

the working spotlight.
11
RKPB9580
11 -Put a sling around the equipment and apply a slight

tension to the cables.
a Adjust the length of the cables to balance the load.

12 -Take away the pin (12). Remove the working equipment 13
12
(13).
a Check and note down the position of any shims.

[*4]
k Remove and support the hoses and power lead of

the work light during the removal procedure.
4 Working equipment: approx 130 kg

RKPB9590
30-110 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Installation
[*1]
the protection (1).
[*2]
a Insert the shims.
[*3]
alignment.
[*4]
a Insert the shims.
• Start the engine to circulate the oil and bleed the air from
the cylinder.
a When bleeding is complete, stop the engine. Check
the oil level in the tank and pressurize the hydraulic
system.
ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-111

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BUCKET
BUCKET
Removal
k Position the bucket on the ground on a flat surface, and
6
4
resting on its back. 7
1
1 -Take out the safety pin (1) and remove the connecting
pin (2) between the bucket (3) and the tie-rods (4).
[*1] [*2]
5 2
2 -Take out the safety pin (5) and remove the pin (6) that 3
connects the bucket (3) to the arm (4).
[*1] [*2]
a Collect the shims. RKPB9600
4 Bucket: approx 26 kg
Installation
[*1]

alignment.
[*2]

[*3]
a Insert shims on both sides between the bucket (3)

and the arm (7).
30-112 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ARM
ARM
Removal
1 -Remove the bucket.
1
For details, see "BUCKET")
2 -Remove the bucket cylinder.

(For details, see "BUCKET CYLINDER"). 2
RKPC4781
3 -If the vehicle is designed to attach optional equipment at

the front, disconnect the hoses (1) from ports (2).
a Plug the tubes and fittings to prevent entry of

impurities. 1
RKPC5380
4 -Remove the pin (3) and the levers (4). [*1] [*2] [*3]
a The links (5) are removed during the removal of the

bucket cylinder. 4
a Collect the shims.

5
5 -Position the arm (6) upright.
6 -Position a block B beneath the arm cylinder and remove

the pin (7).
3
7 -Start the engine and completely retract the pist (8).
8 -Stop the engine. RKPA1560
9 -Connect the arm (6) to some hoisting tackle and apply a

slight tension to the cable.
10 -Take out the pin (9). [*2] [*4] 8
a Note down the location of any shims. 6
11 -Remove the arm (6).
4 Arm: approx 25 kg
4 Long arm: approx 30 kg B 9
RKPC5400
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-113

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ARM
Installation
[*1]

a Insert the shims.
[*2]

alignment.
[*3]
a Install shims to both sides of the arm.

alignment.
[*4]

a Insert the shims.
30-114 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM
BOOM
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal cable (–) from the
battery.
1 -Remove the arm.

(For details, see "ARM").
2 -Remove the arm cylinder.

(For details, see "ARM CYLINDER").
1
shoes. [*4]
RKPB9411
4 -Stop the engine, and rest the boom on a block “A”.
5 -Stop the engine and move the PPC valve several times 2
to release pressure in the cylinder.
6 -Place a stand “B” beneath the cylinder (3).
3 4
A
RKPC5410
7 -Remove pin (4) and rest the cylinder onto the stand.
[*1] [*3] 2
a Note down the location of any shims.
8 -Start the engine and completely retract the pist (5).
[*2]
9 -Stop the engine and release the residual pressures.

5
ADJUSTMENTS"). B
RKPC5420
10 -Disconnect the connector (6) and remove the working

spotlight (7).
7
6
RKPC5371
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-115

12 -Disconnect the connector (8) that supplies current to the

working spotlight.
RKPB9584
13 -Only if equipped: Disconnect the optional equipment

delivery hose (9) from the control valve and disconnect
hose (11) from block (10). 9

11
10 RKPB9661
14 -Connect the boom (2) to some hoisting tackle and apply

a slight tension to the cable. 13
15 -Take out the pin (12).
a Check and note down the position of any shims. 2

[*1] [*2] [*3]
k Remove and support the hoses and power lead of

the work light during the removal procedure.
4 Boom: approx 48 kg
RKPC5430
30-116 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Installation
[*1]
a Insert the shims.

[*2]

alignment.
[*3]

• Start and run the engine at low idling speed; stop the
engine and check the levels.
• Bleed air from all circuits and pressurize the hydraulic

system.
ADJUSTMENTS".
[*4]

the protection (1).
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-117

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BOOM SWING SUPPORT
BOOM SWING SUPPORT

Removal
k Extend the working equipment completely and rest it on
the ground.
1 -Remove the front working equipment.

(For details, see "WORKING EQUIPMENT"). 1
2 -Remove the boom cylinder.

(For details, see "BOOM CYLINDER").
3 -Disconnect the boom swing cylinder (1).

(For details, see "BOOM SWING CYLINDER").
RKPB9512
4 -Attach the boom swing support (2) to some hoisting

tackle and apply a slight tension to the cable.
5 -Take out the screw (3) and remove the swing support
(2). [*1] [*2] 2
a Note down the location of the spacer (5).
4 Boom swing support: approx 20 kg

3
RKPB9670
Installation
4
[*1]
2 Pins: ASL800040
[*2]
a Introduce the spacer (5).

2 Supporting surfaces and shims: ASL800040
5 RKP14690
30-118 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION BLADE
BLADE
Removal
4 1
1 -Rotate the turret 90º and rest the working equipment on
the ground.
2 -Disconnect the cylinder (1) from the blade (2). 3

(For details, see "BLADE CYLINDER").
3 -Connect the hoisting tackle to the blade (2) using some

cables or the side lift holes (3) and the cylinder
2
connection point (4).
a Adjust the length of the cables to balance the group.

RKPB9680
4 -Take out the pin (5). [*1] [*2]
5 -Remove the blade (2).
4 Blade: PC14R-3: approx 50 kg

5
5
RKPB9522
Installation
[*1]
a Insert the shims.

[*2]

alignment.
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-119

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION MOVING FRAMES (HS version only)
MOVING FRAMES (HS version only)

Removal
1 -Fully spread the track frame and rotate the revolving
frame by 180°.
2 -Raise the blade (1), place it on the ends of blocks “A” and
lift the vehicle by forcing down on the blade and working 1
equipment.
A
B
RKPB9110
4 -Remove the lower protective panel (2).
5 -Remove the track frame spreading cylinder.

(For details, see "TRACK-FRAME SPREADING
CYLINDER (HS version only)"). 2
RKPB9120
6 -Start the engine, remove stands “B” and place a jack

screw “C” under the centre of the lower frame on the
opposite side of the blade.
Lower the vehicle leaving the working equipment resting
on the ground.
A
C
RKPC6900
7 -Disconnect hoses (4) from the travel motor and

disengage them from the guide (5). 5
k Tightly plug motor hoses and holes.
3
RKPB8102
30-120 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION MOVING FRAMES (HS version only)
8 -Loosen the locknuts (6) and unscrew the spacer (7) until
it is released from the moving frame (8). 8
6 7
RKPB9541
9 -Using a fork lift, support the whole moving frame (8) and
slide it off.
4 Full moving frame:

with rubber track: approx. 105 kg
with iron track: approx 138 kg
A
RKPC0200
Installation
• To install, reverse the removal procedure. 6 7
1 -Check maximum spreading by measuring the gap “D”
between the moving and fixed frames; this can be
adjusted with spacer (7). Lock into position with locknuts
(6). D
a Size of "D”: 249.5±05 mm
RKPB9800
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-121

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CANOPY)
KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CANOPY)

Removal
battery.
1
1 -Move the operator's seat completely forward.
2 -Remove screws (1) and slide the station cover out.
RKPC7200
3 -Take out nuts (2) and remove station.
RKPC7210
4 -Disconnect connectors (3), (4), (5), and (6).

3 4
5
6
RKPC7220
Installation
k Station needs reprogramming every time it is replaced.

(See "20 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS").
30-122 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CAB)
KOMTRAX STATION (FOR CAB)

Removal
battery.
1 -Remove the front guard (1) protecting the RH PPC valve

lines.
2 1
RKPC6600
2 -Remove station cover (2) and disengage the fairleads

(3), (4).
3 4
RKPC7270
3 -Remove station (5) and disconnect connectors (6), (7),

(8), and (9).
6 7 8 9
RKPC6620
Installation
k Station needs reprogramming every time it is replaced.

(See "20 CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS").
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 30-123

90 OTHER
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(CANOPY VERSION)................................................ 3
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CAB VERSION) 5
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 90-1

OTHER ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CANOPY VERSION)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CANOPY VERSION)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Nome/Item Descrizione Description
A5 BUZZER ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm buzzer
B1 PULSANTE CLAXON Horn switch
2A1-06- B3 PRESSOSTATO OLIO MOTORE Engine Oil Pressure switch

B8 SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE Fuel Level sender
CN-F95.s -11180
B10 PRESSOSTATO 1 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 1 Pressure switch
1 PRESSOSTATO 2 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 2 Pressure switch
B11
B12
B13
R5 RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO Engine Air Heater
CN-F7 1 2 3
D1 DIODO PER MASSIMA TEMPERATURA MOTORE Diode For coolant temperqature lamp
0 1 D2 DIODO ELETTROVALVOLA ARRESTO MOTORE Diode For Engine Stop Solenoid
395-06-
G-N1.5
V1 V1 D3 DIODE Diode
L-N2.5
B-R1
FAST SPEED LAMP
SLOW SPEED LAMP

A2.5
A2.5
N1
G2.5
-11470 D4 KOMTRAX DIODE Komtrax Diode
A4
A4
V4
A4
E2 FARO LAVORO BRACCIO Boom work lamp
A-G1.5
B/V1
G1.5
E4 LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp
V1.5
A1
V1
N1
N1
B/V1
G1.5
B-G1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
G1
T-F5 T-F3 T-F2 T-F6 T-F4 E F
OFF ACC R1 ACC BR R2 C 1 0 2 FG1 50A FUSIBILE GENERALE Fuse Link
9 1 3 7 9 3 7 9 2 1 4 3 5 12 7 9 7
R1 ST 0000000 F1 10A FUSIBILE +30 AUTORADIO Autoradio +30 fuse
F2 30A FUSIBILE +15 SOLENOIDE ARRESTO MOTORE Engine stop solenoid +15 fuse
B
9 1 3 7 9 1 3 7 9 2 1 4 3 5 12 7 9 7 M
S1A 0
1
0 1 0 1 2 1 0 2 F3 10A FUSIBILE +15 POMPA GASOLIO/ FARO LAV. BRACCIO
Fuel pump/ boom work light +15 fuse
T-F1 F4 20A FUSIBILE +15 EV C. VELOCITA'/PANNELLO S. Hi-lo speed/Intruments p. +15 fuse
A2.5
A2.5
G2.5
R-N2.5
2
S1 10 8
S98 10 2 8 10 6 8
S10 10 1 4 3 5 6 12 8 E4 F5 15A FUSIBILE +15 CLAXON /RELE' PPC Horn +15 fuse / Relay PPC
V4
S29
R10
10 2 8 10 2 8 10 6 8 10 1 4 3 5 6 12 8 F6 15A Fusibile +15 EV ALL. CARR./TERGI/RISCALDAMENTO
EV carriage/Wiper m./Heater m. +15 fuse
CN-F98 CN-F29 CN-F10
CN-F1 F7 10A FUSIBILE +15 PRESA 12V/TRAVEL AL./ OPZIONALISocket 12V/ Travel Al./Optional +15 fuse
V2.5
A-G1.5
F8 10A FUSIBILE +15 LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp +15 fuse
S0.5
V1.5
B1.5
B/V1
G0.5
G1.5
G1
B-V1
B-V1
B-G1
G-N1
L1
S1
A1
V1
V1
V1
V1
A1
V1
V1
N1
N1
F9 15A FUSIBILE +15 FARO LAVORO CABINA (OPT) +15 fuse Cabin work light (opt)
S1
P8 CN-F8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F10 7.5A FUSIBILE +30 KOMTRAX (OPT)/ EV. PPC +30 fuse Komtrax (opt)/ EV. PPC
22J-06 BATTERY Battery
L-N0.5
G1
L0.5
Z0.5
B0.5
V0.5
S0.5
H0.5
N0.5
G0.5
M0.5
G7 ALTERNATORE Generetor
R5112
K1 RELE' BLOCCO AVVIAMENTO ( PPC ATTIVE) Relay Lock engine start (PPC on)
N1 CN-F95.1 CN-F95.2 K2 RELE' PPC Relay (For PPC Lock)
N1 N1
1 1 K3 RELE' SECONDA VELOCITA' Relay High speed
Z0.5
K4 RELE' ANTIRIPETIZIONE AVVIAMENTO Engine safety relay
G0.5 G0.5
K5 RELE' ARRESTO MOTORE Engine Stop Solenoid relay
S0.5 S0.5
K6 RELE' ANTI-AVVIAMENTO KOMTRAX Komtrax anti-start relay
N1 N1
K7 RELE' FARI ADDIZIONALI Additional light relay
N1 N1 B-G1
G1
SAL "A" CN-F95.p CN-F95.s K12 TIMER PRERISCALDO ARIA MOTORE Timer (glow lamp)
N6 N4 N4 B-G1 B-G1
1 1 K13 TIMER PULL SOLENOIDE ARRESTO MOTORE Timer (pull solenoid)
N1 N1 L1
2 2 L1 M3 MOTORINO AVVIAMENTO Starter
L-N0.5 L-N0.5 N1
3 3 M5 POMPA CARBURANTE Engine Fuel Pomp
N1
MONITOR Monitor
N1.5 22L-09- P8
S1 INTERRUTTORE SCAMBIO PALA/ CARREGGIATA Blade/Carriage switch
CN-F20.p R1N70
1 S1A QUADRO AVVIAMENTO Starting Swicth
A2.5 S2 MICRO PPC (SINISTRO) PPC Lock switch (left)
G-V1.5
2
B-R1
3 S5 PULSANTE CLAXON Horn Switch
R1 4
A2.5 FUSE B2.5 CN-F96.p CN-F96.s
S29 INTERRUTTORE FARI LAVORO Work lights Switch
R-N2.5
R-N2.5
22M-06- BOX S10 INTERRUTTORE CAMBIO DI VELOCITA' Hi-lo speed switch
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
5 1 2 1 L4 1 1
V4
S98 INTERRUTTORE LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp Switch
24151 6 CN-F5 CN-M1 CN-F2 R2.5 2 2
2A1-06- S13 STACCABATTERIA Battery cut off switch
B1 7 S5 B1 S2 N4 3 3
F1a F2a F3a F4a F5a F6a F7a F8a F9a F10a 4
-11190 Y1 ELETTROVALVOLA CAMBIO VELOCITA' TRASLAZIONE EV travel Hi-speed
R1 8 4
CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1
9 Y4 ELETTROVALVOLA ARRESTO MOTORE EV Engine Stop solenoid
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 Y9 ELETTROVALVOLA PPC EV. PPC solenoid valve
10 D1 D2 D3 10A 30A 10A 20A 15A 15A 10A 10A 15A 7.5A 2 1 2
L-N0.5
A-G1.5
G-N1.5
CN-F2
G-N1
V2.5
Y11 ELETTROVALVOLA ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGIATA EV Carriage change
G1
B2.5
V1
CN-F5 CN-M1
R-N1.5
B1 11
FB XP1 PRESA 12V 12V Current Socket
Z0.5
N1.5
B-V1
B-R1
R-N1
12
L1
N1
F1b F2b F3b F4b F5b F6b F7b F8b F9b F10b CN-D1 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
1 2 1 2 1 2
CN-D1 CN-D2 CN-D3
CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1
R2.5 CN-F15.s CN-F15.p CN-D2 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
L4
G2.5
G-R2.5
L0.5
V0.5
B1.5
1
H0.5
1
M0.5
B-R1.5
CN-D3 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
L1
L4
B2.5
A4
R1.5
R1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N6
R4
G1
B-V1
R-N1
V2.5
V1
A-G1.5 CN-F15.s CN-F15.p CN-D4 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
B0.5
V1
2 2 CN-F1 CONNETTORE ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGAITA Ev carriage connector
CN-F20.p CN-F20.s N1 CN-F15.s CN-F10 CONNETTORE CAMBIO VELOCITA' Ev Hi-speed connector
R1.5 R1.5
1
3 3 22L-09- CN-F98 CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp switch connector
R-N1 1 R-N1
2 2 G-R2.5 CN-F15.s
R5760 CN-F12 CONNETTORE TIMER Timer connector
3 CN-F13 CONNETTORE TIMER Timer connector

3 4 4
4 4 R-N1 CN-F96.p CONNETTORE CABLAGGIO CABINA Cab Harness connector
R1 R-V1.5
B1.5
5 5 CN-F96.s CONNETTORE CHIUSURA Plug connector
M1 M1
6 6 R-N1.5 CN-F15.s/.p CONNETTORE RELE' FARI ADDIZIONALI Additional light relay connector
Z1
7 7 SAL"Z" CN-F20.p/.s CONNETTORE KOMTRAX Komtrax connector
B-L1 B-L1
CN-R7
CN-F21.s CONNETTORE ANTIFURTO Antitheft connector
CN-R7
H-R1 8 8 H-R1
CN-R7
9 9 CN-F26 CONNETTORE ALIMENTAZIONE Power supply connector
10 R1 CN-F15.p
10 R2.5
SAL"S"
N1 N1 86 87a 87
R-V1.5 K7 87a CN-F30 CONNETTORE 1 KOMTRAX Komtrax 1 connector
B-L1 11 11 B-N1 1 87
12 R1.5 CN-F15.p A-G1.5 86 CN-F32 CONNETTORE 2 KOMTRAX Komtrax 2 connector
R1 12
R1.5 2 CONNETTORE INIZIALIZZAZIONE KOMTRAX Komtrax initialization connector
CN-F33
R1
R1.5
R4 N1 CN-F34 CONNETTORE INIZIALIZZAZIONE KOMTRAX Komtrax initialization connector
85 30
A1
3 CONNETTORE RESISTENZE INDICATORE DI LIVELLO FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR RESISTANCE (KOMTR.)

1 85 30 CN-F35
CN-D4 1 CN-F34 CN-R7 CN-R7 CN-F36 CONNETTORE RESISTENZE INDICATORE DI LIVELLO FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR RESISTANCE (KOMTR.)
G-R2.5
D4 4
B-R1
CN-F2 CONNETTORE SWITCH PPC PPC Switch connector
1
CN-F33 CN-F3.s CONNETTORE OPT. POWER Opt Power connector
R-N1
H-R1
N1
N1
2
CN-D4 CN-F95.p CONNETTORE PRESA LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp socket connector
N1
22L-09- CN-F95.s CONNETTORE CHIUSURA Pug connector
CN-R6
CN-R6
CN-R6
N1 N1
R2Y90 CN-F95.1 CONNETTORE PRESA LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp socket connector
B-G1.5
Sal2
L2.5
B1.5
S1
B-L1
G2.5
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
H-R1
G-N1
86 87a 87
R10
CN-F95.2 CONNETTORE PRESA LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp socket connector
V1
R-N1
R-N1
86
87a 87 K12 K13 CN-F5 CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE CLAXON Horn Switch connector
K6 CN-R3
R1.5
CN-R1 CN-R2 CN-R4 CN-F6.p CONNETTORE Connector

F1a 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87 TIMER TIMER
K1 K2 K3 CN-R3 K4 K5 CN-F6.s CONNETTORE PPC SWITCH PPC switch connector
R1
R1
85 30 CN-M2 CN-R1 CN-R2 CN-R4 CN-R5 CN-R5
R-N1 CN-F7 CONNETTORE OPT Opt connector
85 30 FG1 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87 (GLOW LAMP) (PULL SOLENOID)
CN-R6
Sal3
CN-R6
R-N1 50A CN-F8 CONNETTORE MONITOR Monitor connector

85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 CN-F29 CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORI SWITCH Light Switch connector
Sal1
85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 CN-F12 3 4 5 6 CN-F13 1 2 3 4
R1
A-G1
R-N1
R-N1
F1b CN-FB1 CONNETTORE FUSIBILI Fuse Box connector

CN-R1 CN-R1 CN-R2 CN-R2 CN-R3 CN-R3 CN-R4 CN-R4
CN-R5 CN-R5 CN-M1 CONNETTORE CLAXON Horn connector
CN-M2
B-R2.5
B-R2.5
B-G1.5
L-N2.5
B-R2.5
L-N0.5
L-N2.5
B1.5
V0.5
R1.5
H0.5
R1.5
M0.5
CN-M10 CONNETTORE EV. CAMBIO VELOCITA' Ev Hi-speed Travel connector
M0.5
G1.5
L1
N1.5
A4
B1.5
B1.5
N6
N1
N1
N1
N1
R4
N1.5
N1.5
V0.5
N1.5
R1.5
G1
R10
V1
M1
M1
G1
G1
N1
N1
N1
N1
R1
R4
CN-M11.s CONNETTORE EV. ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGAITA Ev. Carriage connector
CN-M12 CONNETTORE ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm connector
R4
22L-09- CN-M13.s CONNETTORE POMPA LAVAVETRO Washer windscreen pump connector
R1.5
R1.5
N1
R-N1
R-N1
R-N1
R-N1
A-G1
R-N1
R2X80
A1
N1
N1
N1
N1
R1
M1
CN-M2 CONNETTORE FUSIBILE GENERALE Fuse connector

V0.5 A
CN-M3 CONNETTORE MOTORINO AVVIAMENTO Start motor connector
CN-F30 7 8 12 13 CN-F32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 M0.5 CN-W2
CN-M4 CONNETTORE SOLENOIDE STOP MOTORE Engine Stop solenoid connector
E2 CONNETTORE POMPA CARBURANTE Engine Fuel Pump connector
2A1-06- CN-M5
KOMTRAX UNIT L0.5
B-R2.5 -15920
CN-M6 CONNETTORE MASSIMA TEMP. MOTORE Engine Coolant max temp. connector
22J-06- CN-M7 CONNETTORE ALTERNATORE Generetor connector
G1 B
CN-M8 CONNETTORE SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE Fuel Level sender connector
R5131 L2.5 CN-W2
22K-06- M1
CN-M9 CONNETTORE EV PPC Ev PPC connector
R10
CN-W1.s CN-P1 CONNETTORE PRESA 12V 12V Socket connector

R8212 M1 G1 R1
7826-24 R25 CN-P2 CONNETTORE PRESA 12V 12V Socket connector
R1.5 2 2
-3000 CN-W1.s CN-W1.p N1 CN-R1 CONNETTORE RELE' BLOCCO AVVIAMENTO Relay lock starter motor connector
T-M1 1 1 CONNETTORE RELE' PPC Relay PPC connector
N1 CN-R2
L2.5
L1
Z0.5
B1.5
R1.5
H0.5
R1.5
B-N1
R10
R10
G1
L1
A4
N1
R1
B-R1.5
M1
CN-R3 CONNETTORE RELE' CAMBIO VELOCITA' Relay Hi-speed connector
V1
12Vcc 1 CN-R4 CONNETTORE RELE' ANTIRIPETIZIONE AVVIAMENTO Engine start safety relay connector
CN-M7 T-M5
1 2 2 CN-M13.s
CN-R5 CONNETTORE RELE' PULL SOLENOIDE MOTORE Engine Pull Solenoid connector
1 + 1 1 B A
22L-09- T-M2 T-M4 T-M3 1 R5 CN-M5 CN-M8 1 1
CN-W1.s/.p CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO BRACCIO SU TELAIO Boom Work light connector on frame
CN-M3
L M5 CN-M9 CN-M10 CN-M4 CN-M4 CN-M11.s CN-P1
22J-06-
CN-M6 B8
N25
R1N60 M3 M
B IG B3 B6 M Y9 Y1 Y4 Y11 XP1 R5223
CN-W2 CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO BRACCIO Boom work light connector
G T-F1 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "B" Starting Swicth "B"
p t
3
S13 U
T-F2 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO"BR" Starting Swicth "BR" ring toungue
T-F3 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "ACC" Starting Swicht "ACC" ring toungue
37A-06- G7 31 2
1
2 C 2 1 2
- CN-M9 CN-M10 CN-M4 CN-P2 CN-M13.s T-F4 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "C" Starting Swicth "C" ring tongue
CN-M11.s
22L-09- 11910 V1 CN-M5 CN-M8
T-F5 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "R1" Starting Swicth "R1" ring toungue
N1.5
N1.5
N25
ANTENNA
N6
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
ANTENNA R1N50
ORBCOM T-M1 TERMINALE BATTERIA Battery ring toungue
GPS Gnd T-M6 T-M2 TERMINALE AVVIAMENTO Starter ring toungue
T-M3 TERMINALE PRESSOSTATO OLIO MOTORE Engine Oil Pressure ring tounge
T-M4 TERMINALE GENERATORE Generator ring toungue
T-M5 TERMINALE PRERISCALDO Engine Air Heater ring toungue
8A13-10 8A13-10 22J-06- RKP18870
N1.5
B-R1.5
G-N1.5
-2260 R6113
-2270
4 3 2 1
CN-M12
CN-M12
CN-M12
CN-M12
N1
B-R1
B1
A B
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
N1
2
CN-A5
+ + + +
CN-A13 CN-A12 CN-A11 CN-A10
B13 B12 B11 B10
p p p p A5
- - - -
CN-A13 CN-A12 CN-A11 CN-A10 1
CN-A5
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
C D
R1
22L-09-
R1Q90
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 90-3
OTHER ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CAB VERSION)
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CAB VERSION)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
N1 CN-F23
3
B1 CN-F23
2
L1 CN-F23
1
2A1-06
-15920
2A1-06
-14210
N1 CN-F22A-2 H22A
1
CN-F7 1 2 3 R1 CN-F22A-1
1
SLOW SPEED LAMP

V1 V1
N1
395-06
B-N1
G-N1.5
FAST SPEED LAMP

N2.5 CN-F22 N1 CN-F22B-2
L-N2.5
H22B
A2.5
A2.5
G2.5
A4
A4
A4
V4
1 1
-11470 R2.5 CN-F22 CN-F22B-1
R1
G1
N1
G1.5
G1.5
V1.5
N1
N1
A-G1.5
1 1
A1
N1
N1
V1
B-G1
B/V1
N1
N1
N1
B/V1
N1
N1
N1
T-F5 T-F3 T-F2 T-F6 T-F4 E F
R1 ACC BR R2 C
OFFACC 1 0 2
9 1 3 7 9 3 7 9 2 1 4 3 5 9 7
R1 ST 0000000 12 7
N1 CN-F22C-2 H22C
B 9 1 3 7 9 1 3 7 9 2 1 4 3 5 12 7 9 7 M 1 2A1-06
S1A R1 CN-F22C-1
0 1 0 1 0 1 2 102
T-F1 SAL 1
1 -15920
2A1-06
G2.5
A2.5
A2.5
10 2 8 6 8 10 8
R-N2.5
10 8 10 1 4 3 5 6 12
S1 S98 2
V4
S10 E4 -15920
R8
10 2 8 10 2 8 S29 10 6 8 10 1 4 3 5 6 12 8
CN-F98 CN-F29 CN-F10
CN-F1
V2.5
G1
B-G1
G-N1
B-V1
B-V1
A-G1.5
B/V1
N1
G0.5
G1.5
B1.5
S1
V1.5
V1
S0.5
V1
S1
V1
N1
V1
A1
A1
V1
V1
L1
P8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CN-F8 L2.5 CN-F11 L-N2.5 CN-F11A
22J-06 2 + 2 3 4
M0.5
B0.5
G0.5
H0.5
N0.5
V0.5
L0.5
S0.5
Z0.5
L-N0.5
R5112 B-N2.5 CN-F11A 01 23
2
N1 B-R2.5 CN-F11A
+ 1
N1 N1 CN-F21.1 CN-F21.2 3
1 1 B-R2.5 CN-F11A S11
Z0.5 4
G0.5 G0.5
N1 CN-F11B
S0.5 S0.5 B-R2.5
N1 N1 1
B-N2.5 CN-F11B
N1 N1 B-G1
G1
CN-F95.p CN-F95.s 2
N6 SAL "A" N4 N4 B-G1 B-G1 N2.5 CN-F11 N2.5 CN-F11B
N1 N1 L1 1 1 L1 1 3
L-N0.5 L-N0.5 N1 2 2 M M11

N1 3 3
N1.5
A2.5
G-V1.5
B-R1
CN-F20.p
1 A2.5 FUSE B2.5
CN-F96.p CN-F96.s
B2.5 SAL "3"
2
R-N2.5
R-N2.5
BOX L4 1 1
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
A2.5
1 2 1 L4
V4
3 A-N1 CN-F24
CN-F5 CN-M1 CN-F2 R2.5 2 2 SAL 2
4
R2.5 1
R1 B1
S5 S2 N4 3 3 N4 N1 CN-F24
22M-06- 5
F1a F2a F3a F4a F5a F6a F7a F8a F9a F10a 4 4 GND 2
6 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 A1 CN-F24
24151
B1 7 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 3
8
D1 D2 D3 10A 30A 10A 20A 15A 15A 10A 10A 15A 5A 2 1 CN-F2 2 A-B1 CN-F24
R1
A-G1.5
G-N1.5
L-N0.5
CN-F5 CN-M1 4 M M24
G-N1
9 FB
V2.5
G1
V1
10 F1b F2b F3b F4b F5b F6b F7b F8b F9b F10b
11 1 2 1 2 1 2 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1 CN-FB1
B1 CN-F15.s CN-F15.p
L4
CN-D1 R2.5
G-R2.5
12 CN-D3
B1.5
CN-D2
1 1
B-V1
R1.5
N1.5
Z0.5
B-R1.5
R-N1.5
A-G1.5 CN-F15.s CN-F15.p
R-N1
B-R1
B-V1
G2.5
B2.5
B2.5
B0.5
M0.5
H0.5
V0.5
L0.5
V2.5
2 2
N1
N6
B1
N1
A4
G1
R1
N1
R4
L1
V1
N1
V1
N1
L1
L4
A-B1 CN-F24A
CN-F20.p
N1 CN-F15.s 1
R1.5 CN-F20.s R1.5 3 3 CN-F24A
A1
R-N1 1 1 R-N1 22L-09- 2
2 2 G-R2.5 CN-F15.s R5760
A-N1 CN-F24A
3 3 4 4 4 2 8 6
B1 3 2 10
R1 4 4 R1
A1CNF-24A
B1.5
M1 5 5 M1 3 1 7 5
R-N1.5 4 S24A
6 6 Z1 A-N1 CN-F24A
B-L1 7 7 B-L1 SAL"Z" 7
CN-R7
CN-R7
CN-R7
H-R1 8 8 H-R1 L1 CN-F24A
9 9 8
R1 86 87a 87
SAL"S"
N1 10 10 N1 CN-F15.p R2.5
11
R1 1
B-L1 11 B-N1 87
R1.5 CN-F15.p A-G1.5 K7 86 87a
R1 12 12
R1.5 2
CN-F24B.1
R1
R1.5 85 30
L1 S24B
R4 N1 1
A1
3 85 30 A-N1 CN-F24B.2
1 CN-R7 CN-R7
D4 1 1
R-N1
H-R1
CN-D4 CN-F34
G-R2.5
CN-F33 4
1
N1
N1
2
CN-R6
CN-R6
CN-R6
CN-D4 N1
22L-09-
N1 N1
R2Y90
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
B-L1
G2.5
S1
V1
G-N1
B-G1.5
Sal2
H-R1
L2.5
B1.5
86 87a 87 CN-F19.1
R8
R-N1
R-N1
N1 H19
K6 86 87a 87
CN-R1 CN-R1 CN-R2 CN-R2 CN-R3 CN-R3
K12 K13 1
CN-R4 CN-R4
R1.5
K3 86 87a 87
R1
K1 86 87a 87 K2 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87
F1a K4 K5 CN-R5 CN-R5 TIMER TIMER CN-F19.3
R1
85 30 CN-M2 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 86 87a 87 B1

R-N1 86 87a 87 86 87
85 30 FG1 (GLOW LAMP) (PULL SOLENOID) 3
Sal3
CN-R6
CN-R6
R-N1 50A Gnd

85 30 85 30 85 30 85 30 CN-F19.2
Sal1 85 30
85 30 85 30 85 30 3 4 5 6
R-N1
R-N1
85 30 85 30 CN-F12 1 2 3 4
CN-R1 CN-R1 CN-R2 CN-R2 CN-F13
R1
CN-R3 CN-R3
A-G1
F1b CN-R4 CN-R4 CN-R5 CN-R5

CN-M2 B-R2.5
G1
B-R2.5
M0.5
B1.5
B1.5
B1.5
B1.5
B1.5
R1.5
H0.5
R1.5
N1.5
N1.5
N1.5
L-N2.5
N1.5
R1.5
V0.5
V0.5
N1
G1
V1
B-G1.5
N1
N1
L-N0.5
L-N2.5
R4
N1
N1
M0.5
M1
M1
B-R2.5
G1
A4
N6
N1
N1
N1
L1
G1.5
R4
R8
2A1-06-
R4 11160
22L-09-
N1
A-G1
R-N1
R-N1
R-N1
R-N1
R-N1
R1.5
R1.5
N1
N1
M1
A1
R1
N1
N1
R2X90 V0.5 A
CN-F30 7 CN-F32 1 M0.5 CN-W2

8 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12
A0.5 H2 CN-M11.s CONNETTORE EV. ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGAITAEv. Carriage connector
2A1-06
L0.5 CN-M12 CONNETTORE ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm connector
B-R2.5 -15920
KOMTRAX UNIT CN-M13.s CONNETTORE POMPA LAVAVETRO Washer windscreen pump connector
G1 B CONNETTORE FUSIBILE GENERALE Fuse connector
CN-M2
L2.5 CN-W2 CONNETTORE MOTORINO AVVIAMENTO Start motor connector
CN-M3
M1
R8
CN-M4 CONNETTORE SOLENOIDE STOP MOTORE Engine Stop solenoid connector

M1 G1 CN-W1.s R1
R25 CN-M5 CONNETTORE POMPA CARBURANTE Engine Fuel Pump connector
7826-24 R1.5 2 2
CN-W1.s CN-W1.p N1 CN-M6 CONNETTORE MASSIMA TEMP. MOTORE Engine Coolant max temp. connector
-3000 T-M1 N1 1 1 CN-M7 CONNETTORE ALTERNATORE Generetor connector
L1
B-N1
B1.5
R1.5
H0.5
R1.5
L2.5
Z0.5
M1
G1
A4
R8
R8
N1
R1
L1
CN-M8 CONNETTORE SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE Fuel Level sender connector
B-R1.5
V1
CN-M9 CONNETTORE EV PPC Ev PPC connector
12Vcc 1
CN-M13.s CN-P1 CONNETTORE PRESA 12V 12V Socket connector
1 T-M2 CN-M7 1 2 + 2
CN-M3 T-M4 T-M3 1 R5 T-M5 CN-M5 1 CN-M8 1 B A 1 1 M13 CN-P2 CONNETTORE PRESA 12V 12V Socket connector
CN-M6 M5 CN-M9 CN-M10 CN-M4 CN-M4 CN-M11.s CN-P1
22J-06
B8
N25
M CN-R1 CONNETTORE RELE' BLOCCO AVVIAMENTO Relay lock starter motor connector
M3 M B3 B6 M Y9 Y1 Y4 Y11 XP1 R5223 CN-R2 CONNETTORE RELE' PPC Relay PPC connector
p t
S13 GENERATOR CN-R3 CONNETTORE RELE' CAMBIO VELOCITA' Relay Hi-speed connector
CN-R4 CONNETTORE RELE' ANTIRIPETIZIONE AVVIAMENTO Engine start safety relay connector
2 2 C 2 1 2 CN-R5 CONNETTORE RELE' PULL SOLENOIDE MOTORE Engine Pull Solenoid connector
- CN-M9 1 CN-M10 CN-M4 CN-M11.s CN-P2
G7 V1 CN-M5 CN-M8 CN-M13.s CN-W1.s/.p CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO BRACCIO SU TELAIO Boom Work light connector on frame
N25
N1.5
N1.5
N6
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
N1
ANTENNA CN-W2 CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO BRACCIO Boom work light connector
ANTENNA T-F1 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "B" Starting Swicth "B"
ORBCOM Gnd T-M6 T-F2 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO"BR" Starting Swicth "BR" ring toungue
GPS
T-F3 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "ACC" Starting Swicht "ACC" ring toungue
T-F4 TERMINALE QUADRO AVVIAMENTO "C" Starting Swicth "C" ring tongue
T-M1 TERMINALE BATTERIA Battery ring toungue
T-M2 TERMINALE AVVIAMENTO Starter ring toungue
22J-06
8A13-10 8A13-10 T-M3 TERMINALE PRESSOSTATO OLIO MOTORE Engine Oil Pressure ring tounge
N1.5
G-N1.5
B-R1.5
R6112
-2270 -2260 T-M4 TERMINALE GENERATORE Generator ring toungue
T-M5 TERMINALE PRERISCALDO Engine Air Heater ring toungue
H22C FARO LAVORO POSTERIORE Rear work light
4 3 2 1 H22A FARO LAVORO ANTERIORE DESTRO Front right work light
CN-M12
CN-M12
CN-M12
CN-M12
H19 LUCE DI CORTESIA Courtesy lamp
N1
K2 RELE' PPC Relay (For PPC Lock) CN-F5 CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE CLAXON Horn Switch connector H22B FARO LAVORO ANTERIORE SINISTRO Front left work light
A5 BUZZER ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm buzzer K3 RELE' SECONDA VELOCITA' Relay High speed CN-F7 CONNETTORE OPT Opt connector B-R1 S11 SELETTORE VENTOLA RISCALDAMENTO Heater fan selector
B1 PULSANTE CLAXON Horn switch K4 RELE' ANTIRIPETIZIONE AVVIAMENTO Engine safety relay CN-F8 CONNETTORE MONITOR Monitor connector S24A INTERRUTTORE TERGI- LAVAVETRO Wiper/washer switch
B3 PRESSOSTATO OLIO MOTORE Engine Oil Pressure switch K5 RELE' ARRESTO MOTORE Engine Stop Solenoid relay CN-F10 CONNETTORE CAMBIO VELOCITA' Ev Hi-speed connector S24B INTERRUTTORE PROTEZIONE TERGI Safety wiper switch
B8 SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE Fuel Level sender K6 RELE' ANTI-AVVIAMENTO KOMTRAX Komtrax anti-start relay CN-F12 CONNETTORE TIMER Timer connector B1 M11 VENTILATORE RISCALDAMENTO Heater fan motor
B10 PRESSOSTATO 1 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 1 Pressure switch K7 RELE' FARI ADDIZIONALI Additional light relay CN-F13 CONNETTORE TIMER Timer connector A B M24 MOTORE TERGI Wiper motor
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
B-R1
N1
B11 PRESSOSTATO 2 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 2 Pressure switch K12 TIMER PRERISCALDO ARIA MOTORE Timer (glow lamp) M13 MOTORE LAVAVETRO Washer motor
B12 PRESSOSTATO 3 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 3 Pressure switch K13 TIMER PULL SOLENOIDE ARRESTO MOTORE Timer (pull solenoid) CN-F15.s/.p CONNETTORE RELE' FARI ADDIZIONALI Additional light relay connector CN-F11 CONNETTORE GRUPPO RISCALDAMENTO Heater unit connector
2
B13 PRESSOSTATO 4 ALLARME TRASLAZIONE Travel alarm 4 Pressure switch M3 MOTORINO AVVIAMENTO Starter CN-F20.p/.s CONNETTORE KOMTRAX Komtrax connector CN-A5 CN-F11A CONNETTORE SELETTORE RISCALDAMENTO Heater selector connector
+ + + +
R5 RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO Engine Air Heater M5 POMPA CARBURANTE Engine Fuel Pomp CN-F21.s CONNETTORE ANTIFURTO Antitheft connector CN-A13 CN-A12 CN-A11 CN-A10 CN-F11B CONNETTORE MOTORE RISCALDAMENTO Heater motor connector
DIODO PER MASSIMA TEMPERATURA MOTORE Diode For coolant temperqature lamp MONITOR CONNETTORE ALIMENTAZIONE
B13 B12 B11 B10 Courtesy lamp connector
D1 P8 Monitor CN-F26 Power supply connector CN-F19.1-2-3 CONNETTORE LUCE DI CORTESIA
DIODO ELETTROVALVOLA ARRESTO MOTORE Diode For Engine Stop Solenoid INTERRUTTORE SCAMBIO PALA/ CARREGGIATA Blade/Carriage switch CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORI SWITCH Light Switch connector
p p p p A5 CONNETTORE FARI LAVORO ANTERIORI Front work light connector
D2 S1 CN-F29 CN-F22
D3 DIODE Diode S1A QUADRO AVVIAMENTO Starting Swicth CN-F30 CONNETTORE 1 KOMTRAX Komtrax 1 connector CN-F22A CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO ANTERIORE SINISTRO Front left work light connector
- - - -
D4 KOMTRAX DIODE Komtrax Diode S2 MICRO PPC (SINISTRO) PPC Lock switch (left) CN-F32 CONNETTORE 2 KOMTRAX Komtrax 2 connector CN-A13 CN-A12 CN-A11 CN-A10 CN-F22B CONNETTORE FARO LAVORO ANTERIORE DESTRO Front right work light connector
1
H2 FARO LAVORO BRACCIO Boom work lamp S5 PULSANTE CLAXON Horn Switch CN-F33 CONNETTORE INIZIALIZZAZIONE KOMTRAX Komtrax initialization connector CN-A5 CN-F23 CONNETTORE AUTORADIO Radio connector
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
E4 LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp S29 INTERRUTTORE FARI LAVORO Work lights Switch CN-F34 CONNETTORE INIZIALIZZAZIONE KOMTRAX Komtrax initialization connector CN-F24 CONNETTORE MOTORE TERGI Wiper motor switch
S10 INTERRUTTORE CAMBIO DI VELOCITA' Hi-lo speed switch CN-F35 CONNETTORE RESISTENZE INDICATORE DI LIVELLO FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR RESISTANCE (KOMTR.) R1 CN-F24A CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE TERGI Wiper switch connector
FG1 50A FUSIBILE GENERALE Fuse Link S98 INTERRUTTORE LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp Switch CN-F36 CONNETTORE RESISTENZE INDICATORE DI LIVELLO FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR RESISTANCE (KOMTR.) C D CN-F24B CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE PROTEZIONE TERGI Wiper safety switch connector
R1
F1 10A FUSIBILE +30 AUTORADIO Autoradio +30 fuse S13 STACCABATTERIA Battery cut off switch
F2 30A FUSIBILE +15 SOLENOIDE ARRESTO MOTORE Engine stop solenoid +15 fuse Y1 ELETTROVALVOLA CAMBIO VELOCITA' TRASLAZIONE EV travel Hi-speed RKP18880
F3 10A FUSIBILE +15 POMPA GASOLIO/ FARO LAV. BRACCIO Fuel pump/ boom work light +15 fuse Y4 ELETTROVALVOLA ARRESTO MOTORE EV Engine Stop solenoid
F4 20A FUSIBILE +15 EV PPC/EV C. VELOCITA'/PANNELLO S. Ev PPC/Hi-lo speed/Intruments p. +15 fuse Y9 ELETTROVALVOLA PPC EV. PPC solenoid valve 22L-09
F5 15A FUSIBILE +15 CLAXON Horn +15 fuse Y11 ELETTROVALVOLA ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGIATA EV Carriage change
F6 15A Fusibile +15 EV ALL. CARR./TERGI/RISCALDAMENTO EV carriage/Wiper m./Heater m. +15 fuse XP1 PRESA 12V 12V Current Socket CN-F95.p/s CONNETTORE INTERF. LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp interface connector R1Q90
F7 10A FUSIBILE +15 PRESA 12V/TRAVEL AL./ OPZIONALI Socket 12V/ Travel Al./Optional +15 fuse CN-D1 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector CN-F96.p/s CONNETTORE CABLAGGIO CABINA Cab Harness connector
F8 10A FUSIBILE +15 LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp +15 fuse CN-D2 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector CN-F98 CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE LAMPADA ROTANTE Rotary lamp switch connector
F9 15A FUSIBILE +15 FARO LAVORO CABINA (OPT) +15 fuse Cabin work light (opt) CN-D3 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
F10 5A FUSIBILE +30 KOMTRAX (OPT) +30 fuse Komtrax (opt) CN-D4 CONNETTORE DIODO Diode connector
G1 BATTERY Battery CN-F1 CONNETTORE ALLARGAMENTO CARREGGAITA Ev carriage connector CN-FB1 CONNETTORE FUSIBILI Fuse Box connector
G7 ALTERNATORE Generetor CN-F2 CONNETTORE SWITCH PPC PPC Switch connector CN-M1 CONNETTORE CLAXON Horn connector
K1 RELE' BLOCCO AVVIAMENTO ( PPC ATTIVE) Relay Lock engine start (PPC on) CN-F3.s CONNETTORE OPT. POWER Opt Power connector CN-M10 CONNETTORE EV. CAMBIO VELOCITA' Ev Hi-speed Travel connector
PC14R-3 PC16R-3 90-5

© 2008 KOMATSU UTILITY EUROPE S.p.A.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Europe 06-08

PC 14-16R-3

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PC 14-16R-3

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

WEBM007800

PC14R -3 PC14R -3HS

20. TESTING AND ADJUSTING ................................................................................... 20-1

30. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ......................................................................... 30-1

90. OTHER...................................................................................................................... 90-1

PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-1

Q Page to be newly Add

q Page to be replaced Replace

( ) Page to be delete Discard

Pages having no marks are those previously revised or

Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-3

Time of Time of Time of Time of Time of

00-4 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

k IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-5

00-6 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-7

HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL

DISTRIBUTION AND UPDATING Symbol Item Remarks

Weight of parts or systems.

REVISED EDITION MARK

00-8 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Hooks have maximum strength at the middle por-

k Heavy parts (25 kg or more) must be lifted with a

hoist etc. In the Disassembly and Assembly section,

every part weighing 25 kg or more is clearly indicated

with the symbol 4

1. If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the ma-

The allowable load value is estimated to be one-

PC14R-3 PC16R-3 00-9

1. STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLTS AND NUT

Width across flat

6 1 10 8 0.96±0.1 9.5±1 1.3±0.15 13.5±1.5

8 1.25 13 6 2.3±0.2 23±2 3.2±0.3 32.2±3.5

10 1.5 17 8 4.6±0.5 45±4.9 6.5±0.6 63±6.5

12 1.75 19 10 7.8±0.8 77±8 11±1 108±11

14 2 22 12 12.5±1 122±13 17.5±2 172±18

16 2 24 14 19.5±2 191±21 27±3 268±29

18 2.5 27 14 27±3 262±28 37±4 366±36

20 2.5 30 17 38±4 372±40 53±6 524±57

22 2.5 32 17 52±6 511±57 73±8 719±80

24 3 36 19 66±7 644±70 92±10 905±98

27 3 41 19 96±10 945±100 135±15 1329±140

30 3.5 46 22 131±14 1287±140 184±20 1810±190

33 3.5 50 24 177±20 1740±200 250±27 2455±270

36 4 55 27 230±25 2250±250 320±35 3150±350

39 4 60 ---- 295±33 2900±330 410±45 4050±450

00-10 PC14R-3 PC16R-3

Use these torques for nut part of flared.

Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

1/2” - 20 17 2.6±0.5 25.5±4.9

9/16” - 18 17 4±0.5 39.2±4.9

3/4” - 16 22 6.7±2 65.7±19.6

7/8” - 14 27 8±2 78.5±19.6

1.1/16 - 12 32 9.7±3 95.15±29.4

1.5/16 - 12 38 17±3 166.7±29.4

1.5/8 - 12 50 20±5 196.2±49

Thread diameter Width across flats TIGHTENING TORQUE

9/16” - 18 17 2.3–2.5 23–25

11/16” - 16 22 3.4–3.9 33–38